Document:

Exhibit 4.38

    

    

    

    Dated 11 October 2013

    as amended and restated on 1 June 2018

    RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

        as Borrower

    and

    THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

    listed in Schedule 1

    as Lenders

    and

    DVB BANK SE

    as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee

    LOAN AGREEMENT

    relating to a loan facility of (originally) up to US$30,000,000

        to part-finance the acquisition cost of a

        Capesize bulk carrier constructed

        at Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., China

        having builder's hull number 1239 and named "HUAHINE"

    WATSON FARLEY

    &

    WILLIAMS

    
      
        

    

    Index

    	
            Clause

             

              

          	 	
            Page

          	
             

             

            

          
	
            1

          	
            Interpretation

          	
            1

          	 
	
            2

          	
            Facility

          	
            18

          	 
	
            3

          	
            Position of the Lenders

          	
            18

          	 
	
            4

          	
            Drawdown

          	
            19

          	 
	
            5

          	
            Interest

          	
            20

          	 
	
            6

          	
            Interest Periods

          	
            22

          	 
	
            7

          	
            Default Interest

          	
            22

          	 
	
            8

          	
            Repayment and Prepayment

          	
            24

          	 
	
            9

          	
            Conditions Precedent

          	
            26

          	 
	
            10

          	
            Representations and Warranties

          	
            27

          	 
	
            11

          	
            General Undertakings

          	
            31

          	 
	
            12

          	
            Corporate Undertakings

          	
            37

          	 
	
            13

          	
            Insurance

          	
            38

          	 
	
            14

          	
            Ship Covenants

          	
            44

          	 
	
            15

          	
            Security Cover

          	
            49

          	 
	
            16

          	
            Payments and Calculations

          	
            51

          	 
	
            17

          	
            Application of Receipts

          	
            53

          	 
	
            18

          	
            Application of Earnings

          	
            54

          	 
	
            19

          	
            Events of Default

          	
            55

          	 
	
            20

          	
            Fees and Expenses

          	
            61

          	 
	
            21

          	
            Indemnities

          	
            62

          	 
	
            22

          	
            No Set-off or Tax Deduction

          	
            64

          	 
	
            23

          	
            Illegality, etc

          	
            66

          	 
	
            24

          	
            Increased Costs

          	
            67

          	 
	
            25

          	
            Set-Off

          	
            69

          	 
	
            26

          	
            Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices

          	
            70

          	 
	
            27

          	
            Variations and Waivers

          	
            75

          	 
	
            28

          	
            Notices

          	
            76

          	 
	
            29

          	
            Supplemental

          	
            78

          	 
	
            30

          	
            Law and Jurisdiction

          	
            79

          	 
	
            31

          	
            Bail-In

          	
            80

          	 
	
            Schedules

             

              

          	 
	
            Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments

          	
            81

          
	
            Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice

          	
            82

          
	
            Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents

          	
            83

          
	
            Schedule 4 Transfer Certificate

          	
            86

          
	
            Schedule 5 List of Approved Brokers

          	
            89

          
	
            Schedule 6 DVB Form of Administration

          	
            90

          
	
            Schedule 7 Part A Letter of Instruction to Classification Society

          	
            92

          
	
            Part B Letter of Undertaking From the Classification Society

          	
            94

          
	
            Schedule 8 Timetables

          	
            95

          
	
             

              

            Execution

             

              

          	 
	
            Execution Page

          	
            96

          

    

    

    
      
        

    

    
    THIS AGREEMENT was

        made on 11 October 2013 and is amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated 1 June 2018

    PARTIES

    
      
        	(1)	
                RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC., a corporation incorporated in
                    the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands as Borrower;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(2)	
                THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in
                    Schedule 1, as Lenders;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(3)	
                DVB BANK SE, as Agent;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(4)	
                DVB BANK SE, as Arranger; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(5)	
                DVB BANK SE, as Security Trustee.

              

      

    

    BACKGROUND

    The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a secured term loan facility in an amount of up to the lesser
        of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the market value (determined pursuant to paragraph 6 of Schedule, 3 Part B) of a Capesize bulk carrier of approximately 206,000 metric tons deadweight constructed by Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing
        Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. in China bearing builder's Hull No. 1239, for the purpose of part-financing the acquisition cost of that ship. The amount of $30,000,000 has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date, of which an amount of $16,500,000 is
        outstanding by way of principal as at the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement.

    
      
        	1	
                INTERPRETATION

              

      

    

    
      
        	1.1	
                Definitions

              

      

    

    Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

    "Account

          Bank" means DVB Bank SE, acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany or any other bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders with whom the Earnings Account may be maintained;

    "Accounts

          Pledge" means a pledge agreement creating security in respect of the Earnings Account in the Agreed Form;

    "Agency

          and Trust Agreement" means the agency and trust agreement dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties;

    "Agent"

        means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

    
      "Agreed Form" means in relation to any document,
        that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

       

    

      

    

    

    
      1

      
        

    

    

    

    "Amending

          and Restating Agreement" means an amending and restating agreement dated 1 June 2018 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent, (iv) the Arranger and (v) the Security Trustee setting out the
        terms and conditions on which this Agreement has been amended and restated;

    "Annex

          VI" means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997);

    "Approved

          Broker" means any of the brokers listed in Schedule 5 and, in the plural, means all of them;

    "Approved

          Flag" means the flag of Malta, Liberia, the Marshall Islands or any other flag which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve as the flag on which the Ship may be registered;

    "Approved

          Flag State" means Malta, Liberia, the Marshall Islands or any other country in which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve that the Ship may be registered;

    "Approved

          Manager" means, in relation to the technical and commercial management of the Ship, TMS Dry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in The Marshall Islands and maintaining a law 89 shipmanagement office at 11 Fragkokklisias Street, 151 25
        Maroussi, Greece or either:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any other company in the same legal and beneficial ownership and control as TMS Dry Ltd.; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the commercial or, as the case may be,
                    technical manager of the Ship;

              

      

    

    "Approved

          Manager's Undertakings" means a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee, agreeing certain matters in relation to the commercial and technical management of the Ship and
        subordinating its rights against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lenders under the Finance Documents, in the Agreed Form;

    "Arranger"

        means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany, or any successor;

    "Availability

          Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                the earlier of (i) the date on which the Contract is assigned and/ or novated in favour of any third party, (ii) Delivery Date of the Ship and (iii) 31
                    December 2013 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

              

      

    

    "Bail-In

          Action" means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

    
      2

      
        

    

    

    

    "Bail-In

          Legislation" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for
                    the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion
                    Powers contained in that law or regulation;

              

      

    

    "Balloon

          Instalment" has the meaning given in Clause 8.1(b);

    "Borrower"

        means RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

    "Builder"

        means Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China having its registered office at No. 2468 Changxing Jiangnan Avenue, Changxing Town, Chongming
        County, Shanghai 201913, The People's Republic of China;

    "Business

          Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London (in relation to a determination of an interest rate only), Frankfurt (in relation to funding only), New York (in relation to Dollar
        payments only) and otherwise Amsterdam, Athens and Piraeus;

    "Charterparty"

        means any time charterparty in respect of the Ship of a duration (or capable of being or exceeding a duration) of 12 months or more, made on terms and with a charterer in all respects acceptable to the Agent;

    "Charterparty

          Assignment" means a specific deed of assignment of the rights, title and interests of the Borrower in respect of any Charterparty in the Agreed Form;

    "Commitment"

        means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with
        this Agreement (and "Total Commitments" means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

    "Contract"

        means the shipbuilding contract dated 17 May 2010 entered into between the Builder and CSTC and the Original Buyer (as amended and supplemented by an addendum No. 1 dated 17 May 2010, an addendum No. 2 dated 9 November 2012, an addendum No.
        3 dated 26 April 2013 and an addendum No. 4 dated 18 June 2013 and novated, amended and supplemented by a novation agreement (the "Novation Agreement")
        dated 17 April 2013 pursuant to which the Original Buyer novated its rights, obligations and liabilities under that shipbuilding contract to the Borrower) in respect of the construction of the Ship by the Builder and its purchase by the
        Borrower;

    "Contract

          Price" means $51,400,000, being the acquisition cost in respect of the Ship payable to the Builder pursuant to Article II of the Contract;

    "Contractual

          Currency" has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

    
      3

      
        

    

    

    

    "Contribution"

        means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

    "Corporate

          Guarantee" means the irrevocable, unconditional and on-demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, executed or (as the context may require) to be
        executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

    "Corporate

          Guarantor" means Dryships Inc., a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall
        Islands;

    "Creditor

          Party" means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

    "CSTC"

        means China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited, a company organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China and having its registered office at Fangyuan Mansion, 56 (Yi), Zhongguancum Nondajie, Beijing 100044, The
        People's Republic of China;

    "Delivery

          Date" means the date on which the Ship was actually delivered to the Borrower pursuant to the Contract;

    "Dollars"

        and "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

    "Drawdown

          Date" means the date requested by the Borrower for the Loan to be advanced, or (as the context requires), the date on which the Loan is actually advanced;

    "Drawdown

          Notice" means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

    "DVB
          Form of Administration" means a form to be issued by the Borrower to the Agent in the form set out in Schedule 6;

    "Earnings"

        means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                all freight, hire and passage moneys;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                remuneration for salvage and towage services;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                demurrage and detention moneys;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(vi)	
                all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

              

      

    

    
      4

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that
                    proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;

              

      

    

    "Earnings

          Account" means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated "Rightmove Owners Inc. - Earnings Account" and into which all Earnings are paid in accordance with Clause 18.1, or any other account which is
        designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;

    "EEA
          Member Country" means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway;

    "Environmental

          Claim" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which
                    relates to any Environmental Law; or

              

      

    

    
      

      

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

              

      

    

    and "claim"

        means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action;
        and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

    "Environmental

          Incident" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and
                    such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the Borrower
                    and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or
                    potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

              

      

    

    "Environmental

          Law" means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

    "Environmentally

          Sensitive Material" means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

    
      5

      
        

    

    

    

    "EU
          Bail-In Legislation Schedule" means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time;

    "Event

          of Default" means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1; "FATCA" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in
                    either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service,
                    the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

              

      

    

    "FATCA

          Deduction" means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

    "FATCA

          Exempt Party" means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

    "Finance

          Documents" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                this Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                the Agency and Trust Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                the Corporate Guarantee;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                the General Assignment;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(e)	
                the Mortgage;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(f)	
                the Account Pledge;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(g)	
                any Charterparty Assignment;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(h)	
                the Shares Pledge;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Amending and Restating Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(j)	
                the Approved Manager's Undertakings; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(k)	
                any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, the
                    Approved Manager or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to
                    in this definition;

              

      

    

    "Financial

          Indebtedness" means, in relation to a person (the "debtor"), a liability of the debtor:

    
      6

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money
                    by the debtor;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(e)	
                under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the
                    agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(f)	
                under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs
                    (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

              

      

    

    "Funding

          Rate" means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 5.8.

    "GAAP"

        means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America including IFRS;

    "General

          Assignment" means a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form;

    "Group"

        means the Corporate Guarantor and its subsidiaries for the time being (including, but not limited to, the Borrower and the Shareholder) and "member

          of the Group" shall be construed accordingly;

    "IAPPC"

        means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate issued under Annex VI;

    "IFRS"

        means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

    "Initial

          Market Value" means the Market Value of the Ship calculated in accordance with the valuations relative thereto referred to in paragraph 6 of Schedule 3, Part B;

    "Instalment"

        has the meaning given in Clause 8.1(a); "Insurances" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the
                    Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Ship; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any
                    claim whether or

              

      

    

    
      7

      
        

    

    

    

    not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on the date of this Agreement;

    "Interest

          Period" means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

    "Interpolated

          Screen Rate" means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of
                    the Loan; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the
                    Loan,

              

      

    

    each as of the Specified Time for Dollars;

    "ISM
          Code" means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms "safety management system", "Safety Management Certificate" and "Document of Compliance" have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

    "ISPS
          Code" means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

    "ISSC"
        means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

    "Lender"

        means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assign;

    "LIBOR"

        means, in relation to, the Loan or any part of the Loan:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for Dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan;
                    or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 5.5,

              

      

    

    and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;

    "Loan"

        means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

    "Major

          Casualty" means any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other
        currency;

    "Majority

          Lenders" means:

    
      8

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                before the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                after the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan;

              

      

    

    "Management

          Agreement" means the agreement dated 17 April 2013 and made between the Borrower and the Approved Manager pursuant to which the Approved Manager has agreed to provide technical and commercial management services to the Borrower in respect
        of the Ship;

    "Margin"

        means 3.25 per cent. per annum;

    "Market

          Value" means the market value of the Ship determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;

    "Material

          Adverse Effect" means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                the ability of the Borrower or any Security Party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance
                    Documents or the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    "Minimum

          Liquidity" has the meaning given in Clause 11.17;

    "Mortgage"

        means the first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on the Ship and, if required, a deed of covenant collateral thereto, in the Agreed Form;

    "Notifying

          Lender" has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;

    "Original

          Buyer" means Amazon Owning Company Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, the Marshall
        Islands;

    "Party"

        means a party to this Agreement;

    "Payment

          Currency" has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

    "Permitted

          Security Interests" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                liens for salvage;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to the Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      9

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(e)	
                liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course
                    of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in
                    the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(f)	
                any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Borrower is
                    actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(g)	
                Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by
                    appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

              

      

    

    "Permitted

          Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change" means the Ultimate Beneficial Owner becoming the ultimate legal, direct or indirect, beneficial owner of the total issued share capital of the Borrower by way of transfer of all the shares of the
        Borrower to an entity which is wholly beneficially owned by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner and approved by all the Lenders in their sole discretion, subject to Clause 19.1(k);

    "Pertinent

          Document" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any Finance Document;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy,
                    contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

              

      

    

    "Pertinent

          Jurisdiction", in relation to a company, means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                England and Wales;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been
                    exercised;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(e)	
                a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which
                    the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

              

      

    

    
      10

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(f)	
                a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company, whether as main or
                    territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);

              

      

    

    "Pertinent

          Matter" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

              

      

    

    and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any
        time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

    "Potential

          Event of Default" means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

    "Prohibited

          Person" means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

    "Quotation

          Date" means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document), the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that Interest Period
        or any other period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations
        would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

    "Reference

          Bank Rate" means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                if:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                it consists of a single figure,

              

      

    

    as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which
        contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in Dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured
                    wholesale funding market.;

              

      

    

    "Reference

          Banks" means, subject to Clause 26.16, the branch of DVB Bank SE at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany and the London branch of any other bank or financial institution selected by the Agent;

    
      11

      
        

    

    

    

    "Related

          Fund" in relation to a fund (the "first fund"), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment
        adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund;

    "Relevant

          Person" has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

    "Repayment

          Date" means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

    "Requisition

          Compensation" includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of "Total Loss";

    "Resolution

          Authority" means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

    "Sanctions"

        means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of
        the foregoing):

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of
                    America; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                otherwise imposed by any law or regulation;

              

      

    

    "Screen

          Rate" means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or
        LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such
        page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;

    "Secured

          Liabilities" means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any
        Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other
        procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

    "Security

          Cover Ratio" means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (i) the Market Value of the Ship and (ii) the net realisable value of any additional security provided at that time under Clause 15 expressed as a percentage of the Loan at that
        time;

    "Security

          Interest" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and

              

      

    

    
      12

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the
                    position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or
                    financial institution;

              

      

    

    "Security

          Party" means the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, the Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar
        capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of "Finance Documents";

    "Security

          Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 below or any other provision of this Agreement
                    or another Finance Document; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(d)	
                the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under
                    a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance
                    Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

              

      

    

    "Security

          Trustee" means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Republik, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

    "Servicing

          Bank" means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

    "Shareholder"

        means Drybulk Investments Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

    "Shares

          Pledge" means a pledge over all the shares in the Borrower in the Agreed Form;

    "Ship"

        means the Capesize bulk carrier of approximately 206,000 metric tons deadweight constructed by the Builder for, and purchased by, the Borrower pursuant to the Contract, having Builder's Hull No. 1239, and registered, in the ownership of the
        Borrower with IMO No. 9587257 under an Approved Flag with the name "HUAHINE";

    "Specified

          Time" means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8;

    "Total

          Loss" means:

    
      13

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal
                    consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a
                    fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower's full control; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower's full
                    control;

              

      

    

    "Total

          Loss Date" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on
                    which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the
                    Ship as a total loss; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(c)	
                in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss
                    occurred;

              

      

    

    "Transfer

          Certificate" has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;

    "Trust

          Property" has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

    "Ultimate

          Beneficial Owner" means Mr. George Economou, a citizen of Greece residing, as at the date of this Agreement, at 38 Boulevard du Jardin Exotique, 98000 Monaco, and/or any of his linear descendants;

    "Underlying

          Documents" means, together, the Contract, the Management Agreement and any Charterparty and, in the singular, means any of them;

    "US"
        means the United States of America;

    "US
          Tax Obligor" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes

              

      

    

    "VAT"
        means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

              

      

    

    
      14

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to
                    in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere; and

              

      

    

    "Write-down

          and Conversion Powers" means:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that
                    Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(b)	
                in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial
                    institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert
                    all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any
                    obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	1.2	
                  Construction of certain terms

                

        

      

    

    In this Agreement:

    "administration

          notice" means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in
        connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

    "approved"

        means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

    "asset"

        includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

    "company"

        includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

    "consent"

        includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

    "contingent

          liability" means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

    "document"

        includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

    "excess

          risks" means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the
        Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

    
      15

      
        

    

    

    

    "expense"

        means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

    "law"
        includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security
        Council;

    "legal

          or administrative action" means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

    "liability"

        includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

    "months"

        shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

    "obligatory

          insurances" means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

    "parent

          company" has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

    "person"

        includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

    "policy",

        in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

    "protection

          and indemnity risks" means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not
        recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 8 of the Institute Time
        Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

    "regulation"

        includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority
        or organisation;

    "subsidiary"

        has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

    "tax"
        includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange
        controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

    "war
          risks" includes the risk of mines, blocking and trapping and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute
        Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

    
      16

      
        

    

    

    

    
      

      

      	1.3	 Meaning of "month"

    

    A period of one or more "months" ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started ("the numerically corresponding day"), but:

    
      
        	(a)	
                on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business
                    Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of
                    the period has no numerically corresponding day,

              

      

    

    and "month"

        and "monthly" shall be construed accordingly.

    

      	1.4	 Meaning of "subsidiary"

    

    A company (5) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly
                    owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of 5; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of 5; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of 5 are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,

              

      

    

    and any company of which 5 is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

    

      	1.5	 General Interpretation

              

    

    In this Agreement:

    
      
        	(a)	
                references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this
                    Agreement or otherwise;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or
                    otherwise;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

              

      

    

    

      	1.6	 Headings

    

    In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and
        other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

    
      17

      
        

    

    
      
        
          	2	
                  FACILITY

                

        

      

      
         

      

    

    	2.1	
            Amount of facility

          

    Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to
        the Borrower a secured term loan facility, in a single advance, in an amount of up to the lesser of (a) $30,000,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship. The amount of $30,000,000 has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date, of
        which an amount of $16,500,000 is outstanding by way of principal as at the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement.

    
      	2.2	Lenders' participations in Loan

            

    

    Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Loan in the
        proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

    
      	2.3	
              Purpose of Loan

                

            

    

    The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use the Loan only for the purpose stated in the
        preamble to this Agreement.

    
      
        
          	3	
                  POSITION OF THE LENDERS

                

        

      

      
        
          	3.1	
                  Interests of Lenders

                

        

      

                 The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.

     

      

    
      	3.2	
              Individuals Lender's right of action

                

            

      

    Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower
        to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

    

      	3.3	
              Proceedings by individual Lender requiring Majority Lender consent

                

            

    

    Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any
        Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

    
      	3.1	Obligations of Lenders several

            

    

    The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform
        its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Creditor Party being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

              

      

    

    and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to
        perform its obligations under this Agreement.

    
      18

      
        

    

    

    

    

    
      
        	4	
                DRAWDOWN

              

      

    

    
      
        	4.1	
                Request for the Loan

              

      

    

    Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request the Loan to be advanced by ensuring that the Agent
        receives the completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date. The Parties acknowledge that the Loan has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date.

    

      	4.2	
              Availability

            

    

    The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the amount of the Loan shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

              

      

    

    

      	4.3	
              Notification to Lenders of receipt of the Drawdown Notice

                

            

    

    The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received the Drawdown Notice and shall inform
        each Lender of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the amount of the Loan and the Drawdown Date;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the amount of that Lender's participation in the Loan; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the duration of the first Interest Period.

              

      

    

    

      	4.4	
              Drawdown Notce irrevocable

                

            

    

    The Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower; and once served, the
        Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

    

      	4.5	
              Lenders to make available Contributions

                

            

    

     

      

    Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make
        available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.

    
      	4.6	
              Distribution of Loan

                

            

    

    

    

    Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower
        the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

    
      
        	(a)	
                to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

              

      

    

    
      19

      
        

    

    

    

    

      	4.7	
              Distribution of Loan to third party

                

            

    

    The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the borrowing of the Loan and the Borrower
        shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.

    

    
      
        	5	
                INTEREST

              

      

    

    
      
        	5.1	
                Payment of normal interest

              

      

    

    Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan in respect
        of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

    

      	5.2	
              Normal rate of interest

                

            

    

    Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan
        in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of the Margin and LIBOR for that Interest Period.

    
      	5.3	
              Payment of accrued interest

            

    

    In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months
        during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

    
      	5.4	Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest

    

    The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                each rate of interest;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the duration of each Interest Period; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                each Funding Rate relating to the Loan or any part of the Loan,

              

      

    

    as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

    
      	5.5	Unavilability of Screen Rate

            

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is
                    available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available
                    for LIBOR for:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                Dollars; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

              

      

    

    the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and fora period equal
        in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

    
      20

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no
                    Reference Bank Rate is available for Dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest
                    Period.

              

      

    

    
      	5.6	Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

            

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the
                    Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                If at or about noon on the Quotation Date none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant
                    Interest Period.

              

      

    

    
      	5.7	Market disruption

              

    

    If before close of business in London on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period the
        Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 10 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) (the "Relevant Lender") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of
        LIBOR then Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

    
      	5.8	Cost of funds

              

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                If this Clause 5.8 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be
                    the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Margin; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to
                    be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                If this Clause 5.8 applies and the Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than
                    30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on
                    all parties to this Agreement.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Agent under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate
                    shall be deemed to be zero.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                If this Clause 5.8 applies pursuant to Clause 5.7 and:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

              

      

    

    
      21

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

              

      

    

    the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for
        that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

    
      
        
          	6	
                  INTEREST PERIODS

                

        

      

      
        
          	6.1	
                  Commencement of Interest Periods

                

        

      

    

    The first Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period
        shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

    
      
        
          	6.2	
                  Duration of normal Interest Periods

                

        

      

    

    

    Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:

    
      
        	(a)	
                3 months; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                such other period as the Agent may, in its absolute discretion, agree with the Borrower not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the
                    commencement of the relevant Interest Period.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	6.3	
                  Duration of Interest Periods for Instalments

                    

                

        

      

    

    In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest
        Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

    
      
        
          	6.4	
                  Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected

                

        

      

    

    If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3
        months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available
        to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

    
      
        
          	7	
                  DEFAULT INTEREST

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.1	
                  Payment of default interest on overdue amounts

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any
          amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                the date on which the Finance Documents (or any of them) provide that such amount is due for payment; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

              

      

    

    
      22

      
        

    

    
      
        
          	7.2	
                  Default rate of interest

                

        

      

    

    Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of
        actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

    
      
        	(a)	
                in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	7.3	
                  Calculation of default rate of interest

                

        

      

    

    The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest
                    Period); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                LIBOR; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference
                    Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent
                    (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	7.4	
                  Notification of interest periods and default rates

                

        

      

    

    The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the
        Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's
        notification.

    
      
        
          	7.5	
                  Payment of accrued default interest

                

        

      

       

    

    Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid
        on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

    
      
        
          	7.6	
                  Compounding of default interest

                

        

      

      

    Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined
        shall thereupon be compounded.

    
      23

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	8	
                REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

              

      

    

    
      
        	8.1	
                Amount of Instalments

              

      

    

    Save as otherwise repaid or prepaid prior to the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement, the
        Borrower shall repay the Loan by:

    
      
        	(a)	
                6 consecutive quarterly instalments (each an "Instalment" and,

                    together, the "Instalments"), each in the amount of (i) in the case of each of the first and the second Instalments $750,000; and
                    (ii) in the case of the third to the sixth Instalments (inclusive) $500,000; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a balloon instalment (the "Balloon Instalment") in
                    the amount of $13,000,000.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	8.2	
                  Repayment Dates

                

        

      

      

    The first Instalment shall be repaid on 17 July 2018, each subsequent Instalment shall be repaid at
        three-monthly intervals thereafter and the last Instalment shall be repaid, together with the Balloon Instalment, on the date falling on 17 October 2019.

    
      
        
          	8.3	
                  Final Repayment Date

                

        

      

      

    On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the
        Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

    
      
        
          	8.4	
                  Voluntary prepayment

                

        

      

      

    Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the
        last day of an Interest Period.

    
      
        
          	8.5	
                  Conditions for voluntary prepayment

                

        

      

      

    The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a multiple of $500,000;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 Business Day's prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the
                    prepayment is to be made;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment
                    has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                if such prepayment results in the Loan being fully prepaid (by being refinanced by any bank or financial institution other than DVB Bank SE), the payment of
                    the applicable Prepayment Fee pursuant to Clause 8.12.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	8.6	
                  Effect of notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      

    A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the
        authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

    
      24

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        
          	8.7	
                  Notification of notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      

    The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any
        Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).

    
      
        
          	8.8	
                  Mandatory prepayment

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan if the Ship is sold, refinanced by another bank or
        financial institution or becomes a Total Loss:

    
      
        	(a)	
                in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the
                    proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	8.9	
                  Amounts payable on prepayment

                

        

      

      

    A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause
        21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

    
      
        
          	8.10	
                  Application of partial prepayment

                

        

      

      

    Each partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment specified in Clauses 8.1(a) and 8.1(b), respectively.

    
      
        
          	8.11	
                  No reborrowing

                

        

      

      

    No amount prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed.

    If the Loan is fully prepaid (through a refinancing by any bank or financial institution other than
        the Agent) at any time during the 36-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders on the date on which such prepayment is effected pursuant to this Clause 8 a prepayment fee (the "Prepayment Fee") equal to the Relevant Percentage of the amount prepaid.

    In this Clause 8.12, "Relevant Percentage" means:

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date falling on the first anniversary (the "First Date") thereof, 3 per cent.;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                for the period commencing on the First Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof (the "Second Date"), 2 per cent.; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                for the period commencing on the Second Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof, 1 per cent.

              

      

    

    
      25

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	9	
                CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

              

      

    

    
      
        	9.1	
                Documents, fees and no default for Advance

              

      

    

    Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

    
      
        	(a)	
                that on or before the date of this Agreement, the Agent receives:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                payment of the upfront fee pursuant to Clause 20.1(a);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                that, on or prior to the Drawdown Date, the Agent receives:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                payment of all accrued commitment fee pursuant to Clause 20.1(b);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be
                    true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                there has been no material adverse change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder,
                    any of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                a material adverse global economic or political development in connection with the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, any of the Security
                    Parties or any other member of the Group; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance
                    Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	9.2	
                  Waiver of conditions precedent

                

        

      

      

    If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Loan to be borrowed before certain of the
        conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority
        Lenders, specify).

    
      26

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	10	
                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

              

      

    

    
      
        	10.1	
                General

              

      

    

    The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

    
      
        
          	10.2	
                  Status

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
        Marshall Islands, is not immune to any legal proceedings in such country of incorporation and is not the beneficiary of any legal privileges which would result in any special immunity to legal action.

    
      
        
          	10.3	
                  Share capital and ownership

                

        

      

      

    
      
        	(a)	
                The Borrower has an authorised share capital divided into 500 registered shares of $20 each, all of which shares have been issued in registered form, and the
                    legal title of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest (except for those created by the Shares Pledge) or other claim, by the Shareholder.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                The Borrower is 100 per cent. owned directly or indirectly (but, if indirectly, only through the Shareholder), by the Corporate Guarantor (unless a Permitted
                    Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change has been effected in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of Clause 19.1(k)).

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                The ultimate beneficial ownership and control of at least 50.1 per cent. of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Corporate Guarantor (and the voting
                    rights attaching to those shares) is held, directly or indirectly, by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.4	
                  Corporate power

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents
        necessary for it:

    
      
        	(a)	
                to carry out its business carried on or to be carried on by it and own its assets owned or to be owned by it;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                to execute the Contract and the Underlying Documents, to purchase and pay for the Ship thereunder and register the Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which it is a party and the
                    Underlying Documents.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.5	
                  Consents in force

                

        

      

      

    All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any
        of them liable to revocation.

    
      
        	10.6	
                Legal validity; pari passu ranking; admissibility in evidence; effective Security Interests

              

      

    

    The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon
        execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

    
      27

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                be admissible in evidence and are in full force and effect;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms,
                    relate,

              

      

    

    subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

    
      
        
          	10.7	
                  No third party Security Interests

                

        

      

      

    Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each
        Finance Document:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any
                    asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.8	
                  No conflicts

                

        

      

      

    The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and the Underlying Documents, and the
        borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party and the Contract will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any law or regulation; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.9	
                  No withholding taxes; stamp duty

                

        

      

      

    All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without
        deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction. No Finance Document is subject to any filing or stamp duty in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

    
      
        
          	10.10	
                  No default

                

        

      

      

    No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

    
      
        
          	10.11	
                  Information

                

        

      

      

    All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security
        Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided

    
      28

      
        

    

    

    

    satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material
        adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

    
      
        
          	10.12	
                  No litigation

                

        

      

      

    No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower (including action relating to any alleged or
        actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.

    
      
        
          	10.13	
                  Validity and completeness of Underlying Documents

                

        

      

      

    Each Underlying Document constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to it
        in accordance with its terms; and:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the copy of each Underlying Document delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                no amendments or additions to any of the Underlying Documents have been agreed nor has any of the relevant parties waived any of their respective rights under
                    the Contract.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.14	
                  No rebates etc.

                

        

      

      

    Other than as disclosed to the Lenders in writing, there is no agreement or understanding to allow or
        pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower, the Builder or any third party in connection with the purchase of the Ship.

    
      
        
          	10.15	
                  Compliance with certain undertakings

                

        

      

      

    At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.

    
      
        
          	10.16	
                  Taxes paid

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Borrower, its
        business or its Ship.

    
      
        
          	10.17	
                  ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Law compliance

                

        

      

      

    All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and any Environmental Law as they relate to the
        Borrower, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.

    
      
        
          	10.18	
                  No money laundering

                

        

      

      

    Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of
        the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a
        party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that
        the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat

    
      29

      
        

    

    

    

    "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2015/849/EC of the European Parliament and
        of the Council).

    
      
        
          	10.19	
                  Title and ownership

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower has good title to each of the assets owned or purported to be owned by it.

    
      
        
          	10.20	
                  No prior business

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower has not traded or carried on business prior to the date of this Agreement other than the
        entering into each Underlying Document.

    
      
        
          	10.21	
                  Employees and pension scheme obligations

                

        

      

      

    The Borrower has no employees nor obligations in respect of any pensions scheme save for, and in
        relation to, the master, officers and crew of the Ship.

    
      
        
          	10.22	
                  Submission to jurisdiction and choice of laws

                

        

      

      

    Each submission to jurisdiction, and choice of law, by the Borrower contained in any Finance Document
        is effective.

    
      
        
          	10.23	
                  No adverse consequences in jurisdiction of incorporation

                

        

      

      

    The Lenders, nor any of them, will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled, carrying on business or
        subject to taxation, in the Marshall Islands by reason only of the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance, enforcement of, and/or receipt of any payment due from the Borrower under any Finance Document.

    
      
        
          	10.24	
                  Accounting reference date

                

        

      

      

    The accounting reference date for the Borrower is 31 December.

    
      
        
          	10.25	
                  Sanctions

                

        

      

      

    
      
        	(a)	
                Neither the Borrower nor any Security Party:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                and no director or officer, or to the best of its knowledge employee, of the Borrower or a Security Party, is a Prohibited Person;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                owns or controls a Prohibited Person.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or
                    indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

              

      

    

    
      
        
          	10.26	
                  US Tax Obligor

                

        

      

      

    Neither the Borrower nor any Security Party is a US Tax Obligor.

    
      30

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        
          	10.27	
                  Repetition of representations and warranties

                

        

      

      

    The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 would be true and not misleading if
        repeated on the first day of each Interest Period.

    
      
        	11	
                GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

              

      

    

    
      
        	11.1	
                General

              

      

    

    The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this
        Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.

    
      
        	11.2	
                Title; negative pledge and subordination

              

      

    

    The Borrower will:

    
      
        	(a)	
                hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in its Ship, the Insurances and Earnings in respect of the Ship, free from all Security
                    Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                procure that every person to whom that Borrower's other present and future unsecured liabilities (except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by
                    law) are owed fully subordinates (in a manner acceptable to the Agent) its rights in respect of such liabilities to those of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents.

              

      

    

    
      
        	11.3	
                No disposal of assets

              

      

    

    The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,

              

      

    

    but paragraph (a) does not apply to any charter of the Ship as to which Clause 14.13 applies.

    For the purposes of paragraph (a), "a substantial part of its assets" means at least 49 per cent. of the assets or revenue of the Borrower.

    
      
        	11.4	
                No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred

              

      

    

    The Borrower will not incur any Financial Indebtedness, liability or obligation except:

    
      
        	(a)	
                liabilities and obligations under each Underlying Document and the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating and chartering the Ship.

              

      

    

    
      31

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	11.5	
                Information provided to be accurate

              

      

    

    All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower
        under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Underlying Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

    
      
        	11.6	
                Provision of financial statements

              

      

    

    The Borrower will send or procure these are sent to the Agent:

    
      
        	(a)	
                as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of their respective financial years:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the annual unaudited accounts of the Borrower for that financial year, duly certified as to their correctness by an officer or any other authorised signatory
                    of the Borrower; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the annual audited consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor for that financial year;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each six-month period of each financial year of the Borrower, the semi-annual
                    unaudited accounts of the Borrower for that six-month period; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each three-month period of each financial year of the Corporate Guarantor, the
                    unaudited consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor for that three-month period.

              

      

    

    The accounts required to be provided by the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor under this Clause
        11.6 shall include, or shall be supplemented by, updated details of all off balance sheets and time charter hire commitments.

    To the extent that the financial statements and other information required to be provided by the
        Borrower of the Corporate Guarantor to the Agent under this Clause 11.6 are published on the internet by, or on behalf of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor, such statements and information must be made immediately available to the Agent and
        in any event within 5 Business Days of such publication.

    
      
        	11.7	
                Form of financial statements

              

      

    

    All accounts delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

    
      
        	(a)	
                be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Group at the date of those accounts and of its or their profit
                    for the period to which those accounts relate; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Group.

              

      

    

    
      32

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	11.8	
                Shareholder and creditor notices

              

      

    

    The Borrower will send to the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all
        communications which are despatched to the Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.

    
      
        	11.9	
                Consents and compliance with laws

              

      

    

    The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified
        copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

    
      
        	(a)	
                for the Borrower to perform its obligations under each Underlying Document and any Finance Document to which it is a party;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                for the validity or enforceability of each Underlying Document and any Finance Document to which it is a party;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                for the Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship and any other asset owned by it, and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                (without prejudice to its other obligations under the Finance Documents), for the Borrower to comply in all respects, with all laws and regulations to which
                    it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and all intellectual property laws,

              

      

    

    and the Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.

    
      
        	11.10	
                Maintenance of Security Interests

              

      

    

    The Borrower will:

    
      
        	(a)	
                at its own cost, do all that it is necessary to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports
                    to create; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority
                    in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or
                    has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

              

      

    

    
      
        	11.11	
                Notification of litigation

              

      

    

    The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the
        Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager or the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or
        administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

    
      
        	11.12	
                No amendment or termination of any Underlying Document

              

      

    

    The Borrower will not terminate or agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to
        enforce, any Underlying Document or any of its provisions.

    
      33

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	11.13	
                Principal place of business

              

      

    

    The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at
        the address disclosed to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement; and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America.

    
      
        	11.14	
                Confirmation of no default

              

      

    

    The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on
        the Agent a notice which is signed by an officer of the Borrower and which:

    
      
        	(a)	
                states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

              

      

    

    The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by
        a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 51 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 51 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause
        11.15.

    
      
        	11.15	
                Notification of default

              

      

    

    The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,

              

      

    

    and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

    
      
        	11.16	
                Provision of further information

              

      

    

    The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any
        additional financial or other information relating:

    
      
        	(a)	
                to the Borrower, the Shareholder, any other Security Party, the Group, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances (including, without limitation, balance sheets
                    and details of charter-hire commitments); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

              

      

    

    which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender at any time.

    
      
        	11.17	
                Minimum Liquidity

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall maintain in the Earnings Account as from the Drawdown Date and at all times
        thereafter aggregate balances in an amount of not less than $500,000 (the "Minimum Liquidity").

    
      34

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	11.18	
                Provision of copies and translation of documents

              

      

    

    The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to
        above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

    
      
        	11.19	
                "Know your customer" checks

              

      

    

    If:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such
                    assignment or transfer,

              

      

    

    obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to
        comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or
        procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of
        any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or
        other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

    
      
        	11.20	
                Bank account statements

              

      

    

    The Borrower will procure that the Agent is sent at its request all of the bank statements for the
        Earnings Account (with such statements to be, if available, in electronic format).

    
      
        	11.21	
                No petition for insolvency

              

      

    

    The Borrower will procure that none of its material creditors petition for the Borrower's insolvency
        nor take any related proceedings.

    
      
        	11.22	
                Separateness

              

      

    

    The Borrower will:

    
      
        	(a)	
                keep its own separate books and records;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                maintain its own separate accounts;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                not co-mingle its assets with any other person;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                conduct business in its own name;

              

      

    

    
      35

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                observe all corporate and other formalities required by its constitutional documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                prepare its own separate financial statements;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                pay its liabilities out of its own funds;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(h)	
                maintain adequate capital for the business carried out or to be carried out by it;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(i)	
                not pledge the Lenders' credit;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(j)	
                (if applicable) use its own separate stationery, invoices and cheque books;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(k)	
                hold itself out as a separate legal entity; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(l)	
                correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

              

      

    

    
      
        	11.23	
                No VAT group

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not be a member of a VAT (value added tax) group.

    
      
        	11.24	
                Environmental compliance

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will:

    
      
        	(a)	
                comply with all Environmental Laws;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

              

      

    

    where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

    11.25      Environmental claims

    The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of
        the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

              

      

    

    where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have
        a Material Adverse Effect.

    
      
        	11.26	
                Securitisation

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party (other than the Approved Manager)
        will, assist the Agent and/or any Lender in achieving a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) in respect of the Loan and the Finance Documents and the Borrower's or such Security Party's reasonable costs for providing such assistance
        shall be met by the relevant Lender.

    
      36

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	12	
                CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

              

      

    

    
      
        	12.1	
                General

              

      

    

    The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this
        Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing (in the case of Clause 12.3(b)), such permission not to be unreasonably withheld if:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Borrower is in compliance with all its covenants under the Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the payment of a dividend would not result in the Minimum Liquidity falling below $1,500,000; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the payment of a dividend would not result in the Security Cover Ratio falling below 167 per cent.

              

      

    

    
      
        	12.2	
                Maintenance of status

              

      

    

    The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the
        laws of the Marshall Islands.

    
      
        	12.3	
                Negative undertakings

              

      

    

    The Borrower will not:

    
      
        	(a)	
                carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                subject to the provisions of Clause 12.1, pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of
                    share capital; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                a person, including without limitation the Corporate Guarantor, who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's share or loan capital; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,

              

      

    

    or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any
        respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

    
      
        	(d)	
                open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Account Bank or the Agent for the purposes of the Finance
                    Documents; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or
                    enter into any transaction in a derivative; or

              

      

    

    
      37

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation (except in the case of a reorganisation arising in
                    connection with a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change and subject to Clause 19.1(k)); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(h)	
                change its constitutional documents; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(i)	
                employ and will procure that the Ship is not employed nor suffer the Ship's employment:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                in breach of any Sanctions; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                in any trade, carriage of goods or business in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on the
                    Borrower, any Security Party or any operator of the Ship) or in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                in carrying illicit or prohibited goods; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13	
                INSURANCE

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.1	
                General

              

      

    

    The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this
        Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

    
      
        	13.2	
                Maintenance of obligatory insurances

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Borrower against:

    
      
        	(a)	
                fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery (hull interest) and excess risks);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                war risks;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard Club Rules, covered by a Protection and
                    Indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading
                    provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Security Trustee;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                freight, demurrage and defence risks; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in
                    the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to the Borrower.

              

      

    

    
      38

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	13.3	
                Terms of obligatory insurances

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall effect such insurances:

    
      
        	(a)	
                in Dollars;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis equal to the greater of (i) 120 per cent. of the Loan and (ii)
                    the Market Value of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available (currently being
                    $1,000,000,000) under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                in relation to protection and indemnity and freight, demurrage and defence risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                on approved terms; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in
                    approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.4	
                Further protections for the Creditor Parties

              

      

    

    In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory
        insurances shall:

    
      
        	

              	(a)	
                name the Borrower as the named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(A)	
                to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(B)	
                to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against
                    it); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following
                    discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it,

              

      

    

    and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it
        requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and
        information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

    
      
        	(b)	
                name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

              

      

    

    
      39

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim
                    or deductions or condition whatsoever;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or
                    any other Creditor Party; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.5	
                Renewal of obligatory insurances

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall:

    
      
        	(a)	
                at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrower
                    proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to
                    paragraph (a); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after
                    the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.6	
                Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma
        copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

    
      
        	(a)	
                they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice
                    of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by the Borrower under such obligatory insurances any
                    premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such

              

      

    

    
      40

      
        

    

    

    

    premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of
        non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

    
      
        	13.7	
                Copies of certificates of entry

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which
        the Ship is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                a copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying
                    authority in relation to the Ship.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.8	
                Deposit of original policies

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the
        approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

    
      
        	13.9	
                Payment of premiums

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory
        insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

    
      
        	13.10	
                Guarantees

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks
        association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

    
      
        	13.11	
                Compliance with terms of insurances

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not do and shall not omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act
        or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

    
      
        	(a)	
                it shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without
                    limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                it shall not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the
                    obligatory insurances without first obtaining the consent of the insurers;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                it Borrower shall make all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is
                    entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

              

      

    

    
      41

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                it shall not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without
                    first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.12	
                Alteration to terms of insurances

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall neither make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance
        nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

    
      
        	13.13	
                Settlement of claims

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for
        Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory
        insurances.

    
      
        	13.14	
                Provision of copies of communications

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, when so required by the Security Trustee in writing,
        copies of all written material communications between the Borrower and:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the approved brokers;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums
                    or calls;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or
                    maintenance of the obligatory insurances; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                a claim under any obligatory insurances of the Ship.

              

      

    

    
      
        	13.15	
                Provision of information

              

      

    

    In addition,

        the Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be
                    effected; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any
                    such insurances,

              

      

    

    and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees
        and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

    
      42

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	13.16	
                Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and political risks insurances

              

      

    

    The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew all or any of
        the following insurances (including, without limitation, mortgagee's political risks insurance and mortgagee's rights insurance), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time
        consider appropriate:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses
                    under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to the Ship or a liability of the Ship or of the Borrower, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory
                    insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                any act or omission on the part of the Borrower, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of the Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of the
                    Borrower or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Borrower, any other person referred to in paragraph (i)
                    above, or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of the Ship and/or the Ship being unseaworthy; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan as may be required by the Security Trustee providing for the
                    indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of the Ship, the imposition
                    of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy whether or not similar to the foregoing,

              

      

    

    and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Creditor Parties in respect of all premiums
        and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

    
      
        	13.17	
                Review of insurance requirements

              

      

    

    The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time
        in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), significant and capable of affecting the Borrower, the Ship and
        its Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrower may be subject) and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of all fees and
        other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Agent in appointing an independent marine insurance broker or adviser to conduct such review.

    
      43

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	13.18	
                Modification of insurance requirements

              

      

    

    The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the
        requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee reasonably consider appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower as an amendment to this Clause 13
        and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.

    
      
        	13.19	
                Compliance with Security Trustee's instructions

              

      

    

    The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which
        it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrower implements any amendments to the terms of the
        obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.

    
      
        	14	
                SHIP COVENANTS

              

      

    

    
      
        	14.1	
                General

              

      

    

    The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this
        Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing.

    
      
        	14.2	
                Ship's name and registration

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall keep the Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to
        do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship.

    
      
        	14.3	
                Repair and classification

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

    
      
        	(a)	
                consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                so as to maintain the highest class with Bureau Veritas or any other first-class classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the Agent
                    free of outstanding and overdue recommendations and conditions; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the relevant Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any
                    jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

              

      

    

    
      
        	14.4	
                Classification society undertaking

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall instruct (by sending a letter in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part A) the
        classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee by entering into an undertaking substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part B):

    
      44

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by
                    the classification society in relation to the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the
                    Ship either (i) electronically (through the classification society directly or by way of indirect access via the Borrower's account manager and designating the Agent as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii) in
                    person at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing (at: TI.S.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.corn

                      and techcom@dvbbank.com) if the classification
                    society:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                receives notification from the Borrower or any other person the Ship's classification society is to be changed; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class
                    under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower's or the Ship's membership of the classification society; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the
                    foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in
                    reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

              

      

    

    
      
        	14.5	
                Modification

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment
        installed on the Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.

    
      
        	14.6	
                Removal of parts

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on,
        the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any
        person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that the Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

    
      45

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	14.7	
                Surveys

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required
        for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey report.

    
      
        	14.8	
                Inspection

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for
        that purpose) to board the Ship (with the cost of such inspections being for the account of the Borrower) during the Security Period without interfering with the operation of the Ship (to the effect that such operation is not adversely affected as
        a result of the inspections) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided no Event of Default has occurred the Borrower shall not have to
        pay for more than one inspection per calendar year.

    
      
        	14.9	
                Prevention of and release from arrest

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly discharge:

    
      
        	(a)	
                all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances,

              

      

    

    and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of its detention in exercise or
        purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

    
      
        	14.10	
                Compliance with laws etc.

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall:

    
      
        	(a)	
                comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship,
                    its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and maintain, or procure, as the case may be, maintenance of, all necessary certificates under the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                not employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM
                    Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is
                    declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified
                    insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.

              

      

    

    
      46

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	14.11	
                Provision of information

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests
        regarding:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the
                    Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                any towages and salvages; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                the Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or the Ship's compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

              

      

    

    and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship,
        of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance.

    
      
        	14.12	
                Notification of certain events

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by fax, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of the Ship for hire;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any intended dry docking of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(h)	
                any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

              

      

    

    and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such
        detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

    
      47

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	14.13	
                Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not:

    
      
        	(a)	
                let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed,
                    12 months;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                enter into any charter in relation to the Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                de-activate or lay up the Ship; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the
                    equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any
                    other reason.

              

      

    

    
      
        	14.14	
                Notice of Mortgage

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority or, as the
        case may be, preferred mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is
        mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Trustee.

    14.15     Sharing of Earnings

    The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the
        Ship, except for customary profit sharing provisions usually included in charterparties at the time the Ship is fixed.

    
      
        	14.16	
                ISPS Code

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

    
      
        	(a)	
                procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                maintain for the Ship an ISSC; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

              

      

    

    
      48

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	14.17	
                Charterparty Assignment

              

      

    

    If the Borrower enters into any Charterparty (subject to the Agent's approval pursuant to Clause
        14.13(b)), it shall, on the date of entry into such Charterparty, execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment and shall:

    
      
        	(a)	
                serve notice of the Charterparty Assignment on the charterer and:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                if the relevant charterer is a member of the Group or an affiliate thereof, procure; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                if the relevant charterer is not a member of the Group or an affiliate thereof, shall use its best efforts to procure,

              

      

    

    that the charterer acknowledges such notice in such form as the Agent may approve or require; and

    
      
        	(b)	
                deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 9 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require.

              

      

    

    
      
        	14.18	
                Prohibited Person

              

      

    

    The Ship is not nor will be beneficially owned directly or indirectly by a Prohibited Person, no
        Prohibited Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in any obligor, and no property subject to any security interest constituted by a finance document has been derived from any unlawful activity.

    
      
        	14.19	
                Nuclear/Waste Material

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not permit under any circumstances that the Ship carries any nuclear/waste
        material.

    
      
        	15	
                SECURITY COVER

              

      

    

    
      
        	15.1	
                Minimum required security cover

              

      

    

    Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Market Value of the Ship; plus

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,

              

      

    

    is below the Relevant Percentage.

    In this Clause 15.1, the "Relevant Percentage" means:

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                during the period commencing on the Drawdown Date and ending on the second anniversary thereof, 125 per cent.; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                at all times thereafter, 135 per cent..

              

      

    

    
      
        	15.2	
                Provision of additional security; prepayment

              

      

    

    If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall prepay such part
        (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 30 days

    
      49

      
        

    

    

    

    after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the "Prepayment Date") unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional
        security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.

    
      
        	15.3	
                Valuation of Ship

              

      

    

    The market value of the Ship at any date is that shown by taking the arithmetic means of two
        valuations, each prepared:

    
      
        	(a)	
                as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                by Maritime Strategies International Ltd. (or such other Approved Broker which the Agent has appointed for the purpose) and, if so requested in writing by the
                    Borrower, an additional valuation by an Approved Broker selected by the Borrower;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any
                    existing charter or other contract of employment; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale,

              

      

    

    Provided

          that if, following a written request by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 15.3(b), the higher of the two valuations is more than 110 per cent. of the lower of the two valuations, then the Borrower may select and the Agent shall appoint a
        third Approved Broker to provide a valuation of the Ship in accordance with this Clause 15.3 and the Market Value of the Ship shall be the arithmetic average of all three such valuations.

    
      
        	15.4	
                Value of additional vessel security

              

      

    

    The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which
        consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

    
      
        	15.5	
                Valuations binding

              

      

    

    Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the
        Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

    
      
        	15.6	
                Provision of information

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause
        15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made
        on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

    
      50

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	15.7	
                Frequency of valuations

              

      

    

    The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuation(s) of the Ship at such
        times as the Agent at its absolute discretion shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less than once during each 6-month period of the Security Period starting from the 6-month period commencing on the date falling 6-month after the date of
        this Agreement.

    
      
        	15.8	
                Payment of valuation expenses

              

      

    

    Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3,
        the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter
        arising out of this Clause Provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred, the Borrower shall only be obliged to pay the fees and
        expenses for one set of valuations of the Ship carried out in each 6-month period pursuant to Clause 15.3.

    
      
        	15.9	
                Application of prepayment

              

      

    

    Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

    
      
        	16	
                PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

              

      

    

    
      
        	16.1	
                Currency and method of payments

              

      

    

    All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to
        the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

    
      
        	(a)	
                by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other
                    manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent with HSBC Bank New York
                    (Account no. 000129879 ref FP3043261), or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

              

      

    

    
      
        	16.2	
                Payment on non-Business Day

              

      

    

    If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is
        not a Business Day:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,

              

      

    

    
      51

      
        

    

    

    

    and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the
        rate payable on the original due date.

    
      
        	16.3	
                Basis for calculation of periodic payments

              

      

    

    All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an
        annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

    
      
        	16.4	
                Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties

              

      

    

    Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the
                    Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as that Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5
                    Business Days previously; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender
                    pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

              

      

    

    
      
        	16.5	
                Permitted deductions by Agent

              

      

    

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may,
        before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance
        Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

    
      
        	16.6	
                Agent only obliged to pay when monies received

              

      

    

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall
        not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

    
      
        	16.7	
                Refund to Agent of monies not received

              

      

    

    If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without first
        having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

    
      
        	(a)	
                refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the
                    Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

              

      

    

    
      52

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	16.8	
                Agent may assume receipt

              

      

    

    Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies
        irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

    
      
        	16.9	
                Creditor Party accounts

              

      

    

    Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each
        Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

    
      
        	16.10	
                Agent's memorandum account

              

      

    

    The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all
        other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

    
      
        	16.11	
                Accounts prima facie evidence

              

      

    

    If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or
        a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

    
      
        	17	
                APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

              

      

    

    
      
        	17.1	
                Normal order of application

              

      

    

    Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any
        Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

    
      
        	(a)	
                FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts
                    referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar
                    provision in any other Finance Document);

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance
                    Documents but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Creditor Parties at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                thirdly, in or towards satisfaction of the Loan;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower,
                    the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable

              

      

    

    
      53

      
        

    

    

    

    in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards
        satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and

    
      
        	(c)	
                THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower.

              

      

    

    
      
        	17.2	
                Variation of order of application

              

      

    

    The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the
        Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

    
      
        	17.3	
                Notice of variation of order of application

              

      

    

    The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.1 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to
        apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

    
      
        	17.4	
                Appropriation rights overridden

              

      

    

    This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.1 shall override any right of
        appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

    
      
        	18	
                APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

              

      

    

    
      
        	18.1	
                Payment of Earnings

              

      

    

    The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and
        subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings are paid to the Earnings Account.

    
      
        	18.2	
                Location of accounts

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly:

    
      
        	(a)	
                comply with any requirement of the Agent or, as the case may be, the Account Bank as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off,
                    consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Account.

              

      

    

    
      
        	18.3	
                Debits for expenses etc.

              

      

    

    The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to instruct the Account Bank to debit
        the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.

    
      54

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	19	
                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

              

      

    

    
      
        	19.1	
                Events of Default

              

      

    

    An Event of Default occurs if:

    
      
        	(a)	
                The Borrower or any Security Party (other than the Approved Manager) fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document
                    relating to a Finance Document; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.17, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 13.5 or 15.2 or clause 11.18 of the Corporate Guarantee; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which,
                    in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a
                    Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in the Drawdown
                    Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes
                    capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative
                    contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable
                    of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group becomes enforceable,

              

      

    

    Provided

          that no Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (f) of Clause 19.1 in respect of the Group taken as a whole (other than the Borrower) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness
        falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to

    
      55

      
        

    

    

    

    (v) above in respect of the Group taken as a whole (other than the Borrower) is
        less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency); or

    
      
        	(g)	
                any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                a Relevant Person becomes, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress (or any analogous process in any
                    jurisdiction) (other than an arrest or sequestration of the Ship in which case paragraph (b) of Clause 8.8 shall apply) (having, in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, an aggregate value in excess of $500,000 (or its equivalent in any
                    other currency)) and is not discharged within 14 days; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a
                    Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(vi)	
                a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution
                    is passed by a Relevant Person; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(vii)	
                a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by
                    (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or
                    public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant
                    Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower, the
                    Shareholder or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the
                    winding up; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(viii)	
                an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant
                    Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or
                    administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with
                    a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or

              

      

    

    
      56

      
        

    

    

    

    withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of
        the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on
        business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

    
      
        	

              	(ix)	
                a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a
                    document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain
                    debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by
                    the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(x)	
                any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of
                    considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee
                    resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(xi)	
                in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the
                    Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(h)	
                the Borrower or any Security Party ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is
                    material in the context of this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(i)	
                it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders
                    consider material under a Finance Document;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document;
                    or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(j)	
                any consent necessary to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision
                    which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or the Contract is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(k)	
                it appears to the Lenders that, without their prior written consent, the Borrower or the Shareholder is not or ceases to be a 100 per cent. directly or
                    indirectly owned subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor, unless, in connection with a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change, the Ultimate Beneficial Owner becomes the ultimate, direct or indirect, legal and beneficial holder of
                    100 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower, subject to:

              

      

    

    
      57

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Ultimate Beneficial Owner giving at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Agent of its intention to make a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership
                    Change, including full details of the entity wholly beneficially owned by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner which would become the new legal and direct owner of all the issued share capital of the Borrower in place of the Shareholder
                    pursuant to the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change (the "New Shareholder");

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in their sole discretion) giving its written consent to such Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership
                    Change and approving the New Shareholder;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                the Ultimate Beneficial Owner becoming the ultimate beneficial owner, and the New Shareholder becoming the legal and direct owner, of all of the issued share
                    capital of the Borrower simultaneously;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                the New Shareholder providing security over the share capital of the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in form and substance in all respects
                    satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in their sole discretion) on the date on which the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change is effected; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                the Borrower and the Security Parties executing and delivering to the Agent by no later than the date on which the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership
                    Change is effected, an agreement or deed in form and substance in all respects satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in their sole discretion) amending, supplementing and/or restating this Agreement
                    and the other Finance Documents for the purpose of implementing any amendments which the Creditor Parties may deed necessary in connection with the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change and this paragraph (k) of Clause 19.1;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(l)	
                it appears to the Lenders that, without their prior written consent:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Ultimate Beneficial Owner ceases to be the direct or indirect beneficial owner of at least 50.1 per cent. of the issued and outstanding common stock (and
                    the ultimate voting rights attaching to such stock) of the Corporate Guarantor or ceases to control directly or indirectly the Corporate Guarantor.

              

      

    

    For the purpose of sub-paragraph (i) above "control" means the power (whether by way of ownership of
        shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

    
      
        	

              	(A)	
                cast, or control the casting of, more than 50.1 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Corporate Guarantor;
                    or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(B)	
                appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Corporate Guarantor; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(C)	
                give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Corporate Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the
                    Corporate Guarantor are obliged to comply; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the Ultimate Beneficial Owner ceases to be the chairman of the board of directors and/or the chief executive officer of the Corporate Guarantor; or

              

      

    

    
      58

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                the shares of the Corporate Guarantor cease to be listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market or another stock exchange acceptable to the Lenders; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(m)	
                any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security
                    Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim
                    or interest; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(n)	
                the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(o)	
                any Charterparty is terminated or rescinded prior to its contractual termination date or for any reason ceases to remain in full force and effect prior to its
                    contractual termination date and is not replaced within thirty (30) days with a Charterparty acceptable to the Majority Lenders; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(p)	
                any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of any Relevant Person or any member of the Group; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the Approved Flag State in which the Ship is registered is affected by instability (as determined by the Agent in its absolute discretion) and the Borrower
                    fails to promptly re-flag the Ship on a different Approved Flag; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                any accident or any Environmental Incident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person, a Security
                    Party or a member of the Group; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iv)	
                a material adverse global economic or political development in connection with any Relevant Person, a Security Party or a member of the Group; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(v)	
                a material adverse development in the international money and capital markets, in the light of which:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(A)	
                the Arranger considers that there is or will be a significant risk to the syndication of the Loan; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(B)	
                the Majority Lenders consider that there is a significant risk that the Borrower or any Security Party is, or will later become, unable to discharge its
                    liabilities under the Finance Documents to which each is a party as they fall due.

              

      

    

    
      
        	19.2	
                Actions following an Event of Default

              

      

    

    On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement
                    are cancelled; and/or

              

      

    

    
      59

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement
                    are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled
                    to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action
                    which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent, the Arranger and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

              

      

    

    
      
        	19.3	
                Termination of Commitments

              

      

    

    On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each
        Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

    
      
        	19.4	
                Acceleration of Loan

              

      

    

    On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan
        specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may
        be, payable on demand.

    
      
        	19.5	
                Multiple notices; action without notice

              

      

    

    The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates
        and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

    
      
        	19.6	
                Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

              

      

    

    The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text
        of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall
        invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

    
      
        	19.7	
                Lenders' rights unimpaired

              

      

    

    Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to
        individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

    
      
        	19.8	
                Exclusion of Creditor Party liability

              

      

    

    No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any
        liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

    
      60

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to
                    exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a
                    Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

              

      

    

    except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses
        shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.

    
      
        	19.9	
                Relevant Persons

              

      

    

    In this Clause 19, a "Relevant Person" means the Borrower, the Shareholder, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager).

    
      
        	19.10	
                Interpretation

              

      

    

    In Clause 19.1(f), references to an event of default or a termination event include any event,
        howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g), "petition"

        includes an application.

    
      
        	20	
                FEES AND EXPENSES

              

      

    

    
      
        	20.1	
                Upfront and commitment fees

              

      

    

    The Borrower has paid to the Agent:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a non-refundable upfront fee of $350,000 on or before the date of this Agreement; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a commitment fee at the rate of 1.35 per cent. per annum on the undrawn amount of the Total Commitments, during the period from (and including) the date of
                    this Agreement up to the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period (or such later date as the Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall agree), such commitment fee to be payable
                    quarterly in arrears during such period and on the last day thereof.

              

      

    

    
      
        	20.2	
                Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or
        the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document (including, but not
        limited to, any costs incurred by the Agent in connection with the insurance opinion to be provided to it in accordance with paragraph 13 of Part B, Schedule 3).

    
      
        	20.3	
                Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party
        concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for
                    such a consent or waiver;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                where the Security Trustee, in its absolute opinion, considers that there has been a material change to the insurances in respect of the Ship, the review of
                    the insurances of the Ship pursuant to Clause 13.17;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any step taken by the Creditor Party concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance
                    Document or for any similar purpose.

              

      

    

    There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not
        such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

    
      
        	20.4	
                Documentary taxes

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and
        shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

    
      
        	20.5	
                Certification of amounts

              

      

    

    A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or
        aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence
        that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

    
      
        	21	
                INDEMNITIES

              

      

    

    
      
        	21.1	
                Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security
        Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a
        result of or in connection with:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

              

      

    

    
      61

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand
                    (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrower or any other Security Party and sent to the Lenders being made or delivered
                    fraudulently or without due authorisation (together with VAT on any losses so incurred); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19,

              

      

    

    and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or a FATCA Deduction) for which a
        Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

    
      
        	21.2	
                Breakage costs

              

      

    

    Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including
        a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

    
      
        	(a)	
                in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount
                    (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or
                    with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities,
                    expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

              

      

    

    
      
        	21.3	
                Miscellaneous indemnities

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in
        respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger or
                    any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any other Pertinent Matter,

              

      

    

    other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly
        caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

    Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and
        losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions.

    
      62

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	21.4	
                Currency indemnity

              

      

    

    If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document
        or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the "Contractual Currency") into another currency (the "Payment Currency") for the purpose of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                enforcing any such order or judgment,

              

      

    

    the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of
        the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

    In this Clause 21.4, the "available rate of exchange" means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual
        Currency with the Payment Currency.

    This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other
        liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

    
      
        	21.5	
                Certification of amounts

              

      

    

    A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or
        aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence
        that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

    
      
        	21.6	
                Sums deemed due to a Lender

              

      

    

    For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
        Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

    
      
        	22	
                NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

              

      

    

    
      
        	22.1	
                No deductions

              

      

    

    All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

    
      
        	(a)	
                without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

              

      

    

    
      
        	22.2	
                Grossing-up for taxes

              

      

    

    If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

    
      63

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any
                    liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

              

      

    

    
      
        	22.3	
                Evidence of payment of taxes

              

      

    

    Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower concerned shall deliver to the Agent
        documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

    
      
        	22.4	
                Exclusion of tax on overall net income

              

      

    

    In this Clause 22 "tax deduction" means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income or a FATCA Deduction.

    
      
        	22.5	
                FATCA Information

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                confirm to that other Party whether it is:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(A)	
                a FATCA Exempt Party; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(B)	
                not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the
                    purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of
                    that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware
                    that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do
                    anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                any law or regulation;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any fiduciary duty; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                any duty of confidentiality.

              

      

    

    
      64

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with
                    sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it
                    is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it,
                    each Lender shall, within 10 Business Days of the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(A)	
                a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(B)	
                any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or
                    that other law or regulation.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph
                    (e) above to the Borrower.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is
                    or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the
                    Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrower.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(h)	
                The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph
                    (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

              

      

    

    
      
        	22.6	
                FATCA Deduction

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall
                    be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

              

      

    

    Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is
        any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.

    
      
        	23	
                ILLEGALITY, ETC.

              

      

    

    
      
        	23.1	
                Illegality

              

      

    

    This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the "Notifying Lender") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

    
      65

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or
                    will be interpreted or applied; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

              

      

    

    for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in
        the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

    
      
        	23.2	
                Notification of illegality

              

      

    

    The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the
        other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

    
      
        	23.3	
                Prepayment; termination of Commitment

              

      

    

    On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall
        terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in
        accordance with Clause 8.

    
      
        	23.4	
                Mitigation

              

      

    

    If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any
        way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or
        financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

    
      
        	(a)	
                have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

              

      

    

    
      
        	24	
                INCREASED COSTS

              

      

    

    
      
        	24.1	
                Increased costs

              

      

    

    This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the "Notifying Lender") notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is
                    interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender
                    allocates capital resources

              

      

    

    
      66

      
        

    

    

    

    to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the
        interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

    the implementation or application of or compliance with the "International Convergence of Capital
        Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004, in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (the "Basel II Accord") or any other law or regulation which implements the Basel II Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel II Accord
        as well as "the international framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and (i) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for
        more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel
        Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated, (ii) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss
        absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated and (iii) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
        relating to "Basel III" ("Basel III Accord") or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord or any of the approaches provided
        for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel III Accord, and in each case as from time to time implemented by any Creditor Party (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator,
        supervising authority, the Notifying Lender or its holding company) but only to the extent that Creditor Party determines it did and/or would have incurred the same level of increased cost as at the date of this Agreement and by reference to the
        facts and circumstances prevailing at that time,

    the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an "increased cost".

    
      
        	24.2	
                Meaning of "increased costs"

              

      

    

    In this Clause 24, "increased costs" means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

    
      
        	(a)	
                an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement
                    or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or
                    other unpaid sums;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the
                    Notifying Lender or on its capital;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying
                    Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this
                    Agreement,

              

      

    

    but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the
        Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or a FATCA Deduction.

    
      67

      
        

    

    

    

    For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith
        allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

    
      
        	24.3	
                Notification to the Borrower of claim for increased costs

              

      

    

    The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent
        received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

    
      
        	24.4	
                Payment of increased costs

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender
        the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

    
      
        	24.5	
                Notice of prepayment

              

      

    

    If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost
        under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

    
      
        	24.6	
                Prepayment; termination of Commitment

              

      

    

    A notice

        under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:

    
      
        	(a)	
                on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution,
                    together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

              

      

    

    
      
        	24.7	
                Application of prepayment

              

      

    

    Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

    
      
        	25	
                SET-OFF

              

      

    

    
      
        	25.1	
                Application of credit balances

              

      

    

    Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

    
      
        	(a)	
                apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of
                    that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                for that purpose:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

              

      

    

    
      68

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

              

      

    

    
      
        	25.2	
                Existing rights unaffected

              

      

    

    No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights
        shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

    
      
        	25.3	
                Sums deemed due to a Lender

              

      

    

    For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
        Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to
        such Lender.

    
      
        	25.4	
                No Security Interest

              

      

    

    This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create
        any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

    
      
        	26	
                TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

              

      

    

    
      
        	26.1	
                Transfer by the Borrower

              

      

    

    The Borrower may not transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance
        Document.

    
      
        	26.2	
                Transfer by a Lender

              

      

    

    Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the "Transferor Lender") may at any time cause:

    
      
        	(a)	
                its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                a combination of (a) and (b),

              

      

    

    to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by,
        another bank or financial institution or a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a "Transferee Lender") by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a "Transfer Certificate") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

    However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security
        Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

    Any transfer made by a Transferor Lender pursuant to this Clause 26.2 shall require the prior consent
        of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Transferor

    
      69

      
        

    

    

    

    Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower
        within that time), unless the transfer is:

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                to another Lender or an affiliate of a Lender;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                if the Transferee Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                made after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

              

      

    

    
      
        	26.3	
                Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification

              

      

    

    As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall
        (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

    
      
        	(a)	
                sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a
                    copy of it; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above,

              

      

    

    but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the
        Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

    
      
        	26.4	
                Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

              

      

    

    A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate
        as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

    
      
        	26.5	
                No transfer without Transfer Certificate

              

      

    

    Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender
        under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

    
      
        	26.6	
                Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate

              

      

    

    However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which
        all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the
        Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

    
      
        	26.7	
                Effect of Transfer Certificate

              

      

    

    A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

    
      70

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by
                    virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor
                    Lender;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer
                    Certificate;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about
                    pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to
                    exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same
                    way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited
                    to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with
                    a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a
                    loss of that kind or amount.

              

      

    

    The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not
        limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

    
      
        	26.8	
                Maintenance of register of Lenders

              

      

    

    During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name,
        Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent
        shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.

    
      
        	26.9	
                Reliance on register of Lenders

              

      

    

    The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining
        the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and

    
      71

      
        

    

    

    

    the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties
        to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

    
      
        	26.10	
                Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates

              

      

    

    The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer
        Certificates on its behalf.

    
      
        	26.11	
                Registration fee

              

      

    

    In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of
        $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.

    
      
        	26.12	
                Sub-participation; securitisation; subrogation assignment

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                A Lender may sub-participate or include in a securitisation or similar transaction all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection
                    with the Finance Documents with the consent of the Borrower, the Agent or the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the
                    Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party shall, do everything desirable or necessary to assist a Lender to achieve a successful (in the
                    opinion of that Lender) securitisation (or similar transaction) Provided only that the Borrower's third party costs are met by the
                    relevant Lender.

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                The Borrower's consent referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not be:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                unreasonably withheld or delayed (and the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Lender has requested it unless
                    consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time); and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                required if the sub-participation, securitisation or similar transaction is made in any of the circumstances described in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii)
                    of Clause 26.2.

              

      

    

    
      
        	26.13	
                Disclosure of information

              

      

    

    In relation to any information which a Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any Security
        Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Lender may disclose any such information without the prior irrevocable authorisation of or notice to the Borrower or any Security Party to:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a potential transferee lender, sub-participant, affiliate, any other assignee or transferee or any other person who may propose entering into a contractual
                    relation with that Lender in relation to this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to Clause 26.12(a); and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                any direct or indirect subsidiary, any direct or indirect parent company (including, for the avoidance of doubt in the case of the DVB Group, DZ Bank A.G.),
                    any affiliate or any other company in its group; and/or

              

      

    

    
      72

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                any authorities (including, without limitation, any private, public or internationally recognised authorities) or any party to any Finance Document or any
                    professional adviser to that Lender; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                a rating agency or their professional advisors; and/or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                any other person regarding the funding, refinancing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation, operational arrangement or other transaction in relation
                    thereto including without limitation any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of that Lender's rights and obligations,

              

      

    

    and including, without limitation, (x) for purposes in connection with (1) any enforcement or (2)
        assignment or transfer of that Lender's rights or obligations under any Finance Document or (y) to the extent desirable or necessary in connection with or in contemplation of a securitisation (or similar transaction).

    
      
        	26.14	
                Change of lending office

              

      

    

    A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become
        effective on the later of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

              

      

    

    
      
        	26.15	
                Notification

              

      

    

    On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until
        the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

    
      
        	26.16	
                Replacement of Reference Bank

              

      

    

    If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations
        for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not
        a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.

    
      
        	26.17	
                Security over Lenders' rights

              

      

    

    In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without
        consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance
        Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

              

      

    

    
      73

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders)
                    of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

              

      

    

    except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest
                    for that Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(ii)	
                require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or
                    granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

              

      

    

    
      
        	27	
                VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

              

      

    

    
      
        	27.1	
                Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders

              

      

    

    Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision
        of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the
        Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

    
      
        	27.2	
                Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders

              

      

    

    However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the
        Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender":

    
      
        	(a)	
                a reduction in the Margin;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                an increase in any Lender's Commitment;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                a change to the definition of "Majority Lenders";

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(g)	
                any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.

              

      

    

    
      
        	27.3	
                Exclusion of other or implied variations

              

      

    

    Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2 no document, and no
        act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on
        behalf of any of them) being

    
      74

      
        

    

    

    

    taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded
        (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                an Event of Default; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

              

      

    

    and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such
        provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

    
      
        	28	
                NOTICES

              

      

    

    
      
        	28.1	
                General

              

      

    

    Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document
        shall be given by letter or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

    
      
        	28.2	
                Addresses for communications

              

      

    

    A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:

    	 	
            In the case of the Owners:

             

              

          	 
	
            (a)

          	
            to the Borrower:

          	
            c/o TMS Dry Ltd.

            Athens Licenced Shipping Office

            11 Fragkokklisias Street

            15125, Maroussi

            Attiki, Greece

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            Fax No.: +30 210 8090205

            Email: finance@tms-management.org

            Attn: Mr. Dimitrios Glynos

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            (b)

          	
            to a Lender:

          	
            At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the 

            case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            (c)

          	
            to the Agent

                and Security

                Trustee:

          	
            DVB Bank SE

            Platz der Republik 6

            D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                Germany

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            in copy:

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            Attn.: Shipping Transaction Manager

            DVB Bank SE

            WTC Schiphol Tower F 6th Floor,

             

          	 
	 	 	
            Schiphol Boulevard 255

            1118 BH Schiphol

            The Netherlands

            Email: TLS.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.com

            Tel: +31 88 399 7955

            Fax: +31 88 399 8159

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            And

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            DVB Bank SE, Athens Branch

            Moraitini Street & 1, Palea Leof. Posidonos

            Delta

            17561 Paleo Faliro

            Greece

            Fax: +30 210 455 7420

            Email: D-Shipping-Athens@dvbbank.com

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            For Rate Fixing notices only:

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            TLS - Loan Administration

            DVB Bank SE

            Park House, 16-18 Finsbury Circus

          	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
            London EC2M 7EB

            United Kingdom

            Tel: +44 207 2564 350

            Fax: +44 207 2564 352

            Email: TLS.LA.Iondon@dvbbank.com

          	 
	 	 	 	 

    or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the
        Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

    
      
        	28.3	
                Effective date of notices

              

      

    

    Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

    
      
        	(a)	
                a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

              

      

    

    
      
        	28.4	
                Service outside business hours

              

      

    

    However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

    
      
        	(a)	
                on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

              

      

    

    the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on
        the next day which is such a business day.

    
      75

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	28.5	
                Illegible notices

              

      

    

    Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour
        after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

    
      
        	28.6	
                Valid notices

              

      

    

    A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its
        contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

    
      
        	(a)	
                the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to
                    suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or
                    missing particulars should have been.

              

      

    

    
      
        	28.7	
                Electronic communication

              

      

    

    Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or the Agent and the Borrower under or in
        connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or the Borrower:

    
      
        	(a)	
                agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that
                    means; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

              

      

    

    Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Borrower will be effective
        only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party or the Borrower to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

    
      
        	28.8	
                English language

              

      

    

    Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

    
      
        	28.9	
                Meaning of "notice"

              

      

    

    In this Clause 28, "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

    
      
        	29	
                SUPPLEMENTAL

              

      

    

    
      
        	29.1	
                Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

              

      

    

    The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

    
      76

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                cumulative;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

              

      

    

    
      
        	29.2	
                Severability of provisions

              

      

    

    If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal,
        that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

    
      
        	29.3	
                Counterparts

              

      

    

    A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

    
      
        	29.4	
                Third Party rights

              

      

    

    A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
        Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

    
      
        	30	
                LAW AND JURISDICTION

              

      

    

    
      
        	30.1	
                English law

              

      

    

    This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be
        governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

    
      
        	30.2	
                Exclusive English jurisdiction

              

      

    

    Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
        Dispute.

    
      
        	30.3	
                Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties

              

      

    

    Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights:

    
      
        	(a)	
                to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing
                    proceedings in England.

              

      

    

    The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a
        Dispute.

    
      
        	30.4	
                Process agent

              

      

    

    The Borrower irrevocably appoints Ince Process Agents Ltd. at its registered office for the time
        being, presently at Aldgate Tower, 2 Leman Street, London E18QN, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

    
      77

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	30.5	
                Creditor Party rights unaffected

              

      

    

    Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether
        under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

    
      
        	30.6	
                Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"

              

      

    

    In this Clause 30, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a "Dispute"

        means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this
        Agreement.

    
      
        	31	
                BAIL-IN

              

      

    

    
      
        	31.1	
                Contractual recognition of bail-in

              

      

    

    Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or
        understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant
        Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

    
      
        	(a)	
                any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such
                    liability;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                a cancellation of any such liability; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

              

      

    

    THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

    
      78

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 1

    LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

    	
            Lender

          	
            Lending Office

          	
            Commitment

                (US Dollars)

             

              

          
	
            DVB BANK SE

          	
            Platz der Republik 6

                D-60325 Frankfurt

                Am-Main Germany

          	
            30,000,000

                (all of which has been drawndown on the Drawdown Date)

          
	 	 	 

    

    

    
      79

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 2

    DRAWDOWN NOTICE

    	
            To:

          	
            DVB Bank SE

                Platz der Republik 6

                D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                Germany

          
	 	 

    Attention: [Loans Administration] [•]

    DRAWDOWN NOTICE

    
      
        	1	
                We refer to the loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated

                    [•] 2013 and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein as lenders, and yourselves as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee in connection with a term loan facility of up to US$30,000,000. Terms defined in the
                    Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                We request to borrow as follows:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Amount: US$[6];

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                Drawdown Date: [•];

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [•] months;

                    and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                Payment instructions: account in our name and numbered [S] with [0] of [0].

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                We represent and warrant that:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with
                    reference to the circumstances now existing; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

              

      

    

    
      
        	4	
                This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

              

      

    

    [Name of Signatory]

    for and on behalf of

    RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

    
      80

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 3

    CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

    PART A

    The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

    
      
        	1	
                A duly executed original of this Agreement and of each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than
                    those referred to in Part B.

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party and any other evidence regarding the
                    Borrowers' and/or the Corporate Guarantor's shareholding structure and capital (including, without limitation, any shareholders' agreement and share certificate).

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Borrower and each Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to
                    which each is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notice and other notices under this Agreement.

              

      

    

    
      
        	4	
                The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party.

              

      

    

    
      
        	5	
                Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

              

      

    

    
      
        	6	
                A copy of each Underlying Document and of all documents signed or issued by the parties thereto (or both of them) under or in connection with them.

              

      

    

    
      
        	7	
                A duly completed DVB Form of Administration signed by the Borrower.

              

      

    

    
      
        	8	
                Such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by each party to each Underlying
                    Document and of all documents to be executed by that party under that Underlying Document.

              

      

    

    
      
        	9	
                Original favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia and such other
                    relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

              

      

    

    
      
        	10	
                Such documents and other evidence in such form as is requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or
                    "client acceptance" or other similar identification procedures (including, but not limited to, specimen signatures of all the directors and other officers of the Borrowers and each Security Party) in relation to the transactions
                    contemplated in the Finance Documents.

              

      

    

    
      
        	11	
                Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

              

      

    

    
      
        	12	
                If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the
                    Agent.

              

      

    

    
      81

      
        

    

    

    

    PART B

    The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b).

     

      

    
      
        	1	
                A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment (and of each document to be
                    delivered pursuant to each of them).

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                At least:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                15 days prior to the Drawdown Date, details of the brokers and/or insurers or underwriters with whom the obligatory insurances are to be placed; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                15 days prior to the Drawdown Date, details of the class and classification society with whom the Ship is to be entered.

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                Documentary evidence that:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the Contract, and the Contract Price (in addition to the
                    part to be financed by the Loan) has been duly paid (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the Builder to the Borrower under the Contract (including, but not limited to, the Builder's certificate, the bill of sale,
                    the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance));

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                the Ship is definitively and permanently or as the case may be, provisionally registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                the Ship maintains the highest available class with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS as the Agent may approve free of all
                    recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                the Mortgage has been duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws
                    of an Approved Flag State; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(f)	
                the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

              

      

    

    
      
        	4	
                Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent, together with:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                Letters of undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the terms required by the Security Trustee agreeing certain
                    matters in relation to the commercial or, as the case may be, technical management of the Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lenders under the Finance
                    Documents; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                copies of the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance, any interim class certificates (if applicable) and of the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and
                    ISSC (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and the IAPPC or evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower and the Approved Manager have applied to the relevant
                    authorities for the issuance of such Certificates.

              

      

    

    
      82

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	5	
                Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower has opened and maintains the Earnings Account with the Account Bank.

              

      

    

    
      
        	6	
                A valuation of the Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 14 before, but not more than 30
                    days prior to the Drawdown Date, from an Approved Broker and otherwise prepared in accordance with Clause 15.3.

              

      

    

    
      
        	7	
                Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the lightweight displacement tonnage of the Ship together with a copy of the Ship's stability booklet.

              

      

    

    
      
        	8	
                Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Approved Flag State, the
                    People's Republic of China and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

              

      

    

    
      
        	9	
                If requested by the Agent, a survey report addressed to the Agent stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before
                    the Delivery Date from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Agent in respect of the physical condition of the Ship.

              

      

    

    
      
        	10	
                A duly executed original of the classification society undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part B.

              

      

    

    
      
        	11	
                A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as the
                    Lenders may require.

              

      

    

  

  
    Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 7 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to
        date copy by an officer of the Borrower.

    

    
      83

      
        

    

    

        

        

        

        SCHEDULE 4

    TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

    The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive
        responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

    
      
        	

              	To:	
                DVB Bank SE for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement
                    referred to below.

              

      

    

    [•]

    
      
        	1	
                This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the "Loan
                      Agreement") dated [•] 2013 and made between (1) Rightmove Owners Inc. (the "Borrower"), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein, (3) DVB Bank SE as Agent, (4) DVB Bank SE as Security Trustee and (5) DVB Bank SE as Arranger for a loan facility of up to
                    US$30,000,000.

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate
                    and:

              

      

    

    "Relevant

          Parties" means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

    "Transferor"

        means [full name] of [lending office]; and "Transferee" means [full name] of [lending office].

    
      
        	3	
                The effective date of this Certificate is [•], Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

              

      

    

    
      
        	4	
                The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by
                    virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[•].

              

      

    

    
      
        	5	
                By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•] [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[•]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[•].

              

      

    

    
      
        	6	
                The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the
                    Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

              

      

    

    
      
        	7	
                The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party,
                    this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.

              

      

    

    
      
        	8	
                The Transferor:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

              

      

    

    
      84

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection
                    with this transaction; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in
                    paragraph 4; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in
                    any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

              

      

    

    
      
        	9	
                The Transferee:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the
                    event that:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(iii)	
                it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to
                    discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that this
                    Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(d)	
                warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(i)	
                it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in
                    connection with this transaction; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	

              	(ii)	
                this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	(e)	
                confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

              

      

    

    
      
        	10	
                The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent
                    and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Arranger in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising
                    out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's, the Arranger's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.

              

      

    

    
      85

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	11	
                The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded
                    by the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of
                    each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

              

      

    

    

    	
            [Name of Transferor]

              

            

          	
            [Name of Transferee]

          
	
            By:

             

              

          	
            By:

          
	
            Date:

          	
            Date:

          

    Agent

    Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

    as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

    DVB BANK SE

    By:

    Date:

    Administrative Details of Transferee

    Name of Transferee:

    Lending Office:

    Contact Person

    (Loan Administration Department):

    Telephone:

        Fax:

    Contact Person

    (Credit Administration Department):

    Telephone:

    Fax:

    Account for payments:

    Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's
        or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

    
      86

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 5

    LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

    Maritime Strategies International Ltd.

    Arrow Valuations Ltd United Kingdom

    H Clarkson & Co Ltd United Kingdom

    Fearnleys AS Norway

    Golden Destiny S.A.

    SSY Valuation Services Ltd.

    RS Platou Shipbrokers A/S

    Braemer Shipbrokers Limited

    Vesselvalue Approved Broker

    Lorentzen & Stemoco

    Howe Robinson

    
      87

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 6

    DVB FORM OF ADMINISTRATION

    	
            To:

          	
            DVB Bank SE

                Platz der Republik 6

                D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                Germany

          	 
	 	 	 

    Attn: Loans Administration

    [date]

    Dear Sirs

    

    

    Term loan facility of up to $30,000,000 (the "Financing") made available to
        RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC. (the "Company")

    We refer to the loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated [•] 2013 and made between (i) ourselves as borrower (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 therein as lenders, (iii) yourselves as Agent, Arranger and
        Security Trustee in connection with a term loan facility of up to $30,000,000. Terms and expressions not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

    We hereby appoint the following persons to act as our point of contact with regards to any issue
        arising in connection with the administration of the Loan Agreement or any other documents related to the Financing:

    
      
        	1	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email];

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email]; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email].

              

      

    

    No persons other than the directors of the Company and the persons listed above (together, the "Authorised Persons") are hereby authorised to request any information from you regarding the Loan Agreement or any other matter related to the
        Financing or the Company or communicate with you in any way regarding the forgoing in and under any circumstances.

    For the avoidance of doubt, the following are the Directors of the Company:

    
      
        	1	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email];

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email]; and

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                [name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile,
                      email].

              

      

    

    This list of authorised persons may only be amended, modified or varied in writing by an Authorised
        Person with copy to the other Authorised Persons.

    We agree to indemnify you and hold you harmless in relation to any information you provide to any
        Authorised Person.

    
      88

      
        

    

    

    

    This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

    Yours sincerely

        

        

        ___________________________

    RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

    
      89

      
        

    

    

    

    SCHEDULE 7

    PART A

        

    

    LETTER OF INSTRUCTION TO CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

    To: [Insert name of classification society]

    Date:

    Dear Sirs

    Name of ship: m.v. "HUAHINE" (the "Ship")

    Flag: [•]

    Name of Owner: RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC. (the "Owner")

    Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE (the "Mortgagee")

    We refer to the Ship, which is registered in the ownership of the Owner, and
        which has been entered in and classed by [insert name of classification society] (the "Classification Society").

    The Mortgagee has agreed to provide financing to the Owner upon condition that,
        among other things, the Owner issues to the Mortgagee this letter of instruction to the Classification Society in the form presented by the Mortgagee.

    The Owner and the Mortgagee irrevocably and unconditionally instruct and
        authorise the Classification Society (notwithstanding any previous instructions whatsoever which the Owner may have given to the Classification Society to the contrary) as follows:

    
      
        	1	
                to send to the Mortgagee, following receipt of a written request from the Mortgagee, certified true copies of all original certificates of class and other
                    class records held by the Classification Society in relation to the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	2	
                to allow the Mortgagee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Owner and the Ship at the
                    offices of the Classification Society and to take copies of them and, to the extent possible, to grant the Mortgagee electronic access to such records;

              

      

    

    
      
        	3	
                to notify the Mortgagee immediately by email to TL.S.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.com
                    and techcom@dvbbank.com if the Classification Society:

              

      

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                receives notification from the Owner or any other person that the Ship's classification society is to be changed;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                imposes a condition of class or issues a class recommendation in respect of the Ship;

              

      

    

    
      
        	(c)	
                becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class
                    under the rules or terms and conditions of the Owner's or the Ship's membership of the Classification Society;

              

      

    

    
      
        	4	
                following receipt of a written request from the Mortgagee:

              

      

    

    
      90

      
        

    

    

    

    
      
        	(a)	
                to confirm that the Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the
                    foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or

              

      

    

    
      
        	(b)	
                if the Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Mortgagee in reasonable
                    detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.

              

      

    

    Notwithstanding the above instructions given for the benefit of the Mortgagee,
        the Owner shall continue to be responsible to the Classification Society for the performance and discharge of all its obligations and liabilities relating to or arising out of or in connection with the contract it has with the Classification
        Society, and nothing in this letter should be construed as imposing any obligation or liability on the Mortgagee to the Classification Society in respect thereof. The instructions and authorisations which are contained in this notice shall remain
        in full force and effect until the Owner and the Mortgagee together give you notice in writing revoking them.

    The Owner undertakes to reimburse the Classification Society in full for any
        costs or expenses it may incur in complying with the instructions and authorisations referred to in this letter.

    This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with
        it are governed by English law.

    ___________________

        For and on behalf of

        [•]

    

    

    ___________________

        For and on behalf of

        DVB BANK SE

    
      91

      
        

    

    

    

    PART B

        

        

        LETTER OF UNDERTAKING FROM THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

    	
            To:

          	
            [•]

            and

            DVB Bank SE

          	 

    

        Dated:

    Dear Sirs

    Name of ship: m.v. "HUAHINE" (the "Ship")

    Flag: [•]

    Name of Owner: RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC. (the "Owner")

    Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE (the "Mortgagee")

    We [name of classification society], hereby acknowledge receipt of a letter (a copy of which is attached hereto) dated [•] sent to us by the Owner and the Mortgagee (together the "Instructing Parties") regarding the Ship.

    In consideration of the payment of US$[10] by the Instructing Parties and the agreement by the
        Mortgagee

    to approve the selection of [name of classification society] (the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged), we undertake to comply with the instructions of the Instructing Parties contained in such letter.

    This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be
        governed by English law.

    Yours faithfully

    For and on behalf of

    [name of classification society]

    
      92

      
        

    

    SCHEDULE 8

    

        

    TIMETABLES

     

      

    	
            LIBOR is fixed

          	
            Quotation Date as of 11:00 am London time

          
	 	 
	
            Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 5.6

          	
            Noon on the Quotation Date

          
	 	 

    
      93

      
        

    

    

    

    EXECUTION PAGE

    

    

    	
            THE BORROWER

          	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            Signed by Dimitrios Gynos

          	
            )

          	
            /s/Dimitrios Gynos

          	 
	
            for and on behalf of

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            in the presence of:

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

          	 	
            /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

          	 
	
            Attorney-at-Law

            Watson Farley & Williams

            348 Syngrou Avenue

            176 74 Kallithea

            Athens Greece

          	 	 	 

    

    

    	
            THE LENDERS

          	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            Signed by Erica Lacombe

          	
            )

          	
            /s/Erica Lacombe

          	 
	
            for and on behalf of

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            DVB BANK SE

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            in the presence of:

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

          	 	
            /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

          	 
	
            Attorney-at-Law

            Watson Farley & Williams

            348 Syngrou Avenue

            176 74 Kallithea

            Athens Greece

          	 	 	 

    

    

    	
            THE AGENT

          	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            Signed by Erica Lacombe

          	
            )

          	
            /s/Erica Lacombe

          	 
	
            for and on behalf of

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            DVB BANK SE

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            in the presence of:

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

          	 	
            /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

          	 
	
            Attorney-at-Law

            Watson Farley & Williams

            348 Syngrou Avenue

            176 74 Kallithea

            Athens Greece

          	 	 	 

    

    

    	
            THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

          	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            Signed by Erica Lacombe

          	
            )

          	
            /s/Erica Lacombe

          	 
	
            for and on behalf of

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            DVB BANK SE

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            in the presence of:

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

          	 	
            /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

          	 
	
            Attorney-at-Law

            Watson Farley & Williams

            348 Syngrou Avenue

            176 74 Kallithea

            Athens Greece

          	 	 	 

    

    

    	
            THE ARRANGER

          	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
            Signed by Erica Lacombe

          	
            )

          	
            /s/Erica Lacombe

          	 
	
            for and on behalf of

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            DVB BANK SE

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            in the presence of:

          	
            )

          	 	 
	
            ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

          	 	
            /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

          	 
	
            Attorney-at-Law

            Watson Farley & Williams

            348 Syngrou Avenue

            176 74 Kallithea

            Athens Greece

          	 	 	 

    

    

    

  

  94Exhibit 4.39

      

      

      

      

      

      Dated 1 June 2018

      RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

          as Borrower

      and

      THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

      listed in Schedule 1

      as Lenders

      and

      DVB BANK SE

      as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee

      AMENDING AND RESTATING AGREEMENT

      relating to a loan agreement dated 11 October 2013

          (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement

          dated 13 October 2015 and a second supplemental agreement

          dated 18 July 2017) in respect of a loan of (originally) up to US$30,000,000

      WATSON FARLEY

      &

      WILLIAMS

      
        
          

      

      

      

      Index

      

      

      	
              Clause

            	
              Page

            
	 	 	 
	
              1

            	
              Interpretation

            	
              2

            
	
              2

            	
              Agreement of All Parties to the amendment of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents

            	
              3

            
	
              3

            	
              Conditions Precedent

            	
              4

            
	
              4

            	
              Representations and Warranties

            	
              5

            
	
              5

            	
              Amendment of Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents

            	
              5

            
	
              6

            	
              Further Assurances

            	
              6

            
	
              7

            	
              Fees and Expenses

            	
              7

            
	
              8

            	
              Communications

            	
              7

            
	
              9

            	
              Supplemental

            	
              8

            
	
              10

            	
              Law and Jurisdiction

            	
              8

            
	 	 	 
	
              Schedules

            	 
	 	 
	
              Schedule 1 Lenders

            	
              9

            
	 	 
	
              Execution

            	 
	 	 
	
              Execution Pages

            	
              10

            

      
        
          

      

      
      THIS AGREEMENT is
          made on 1 June 2018

      PARTIES

      
        
          	(1)	
                  RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC., a corporation incorporated in
                      the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands as borrower (the "Borrower");

                

        

      

      
        
          	(2)	
                  THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in
                      Schedule 1 as Lenders (the "Lenders");

                

        

      

      
        
          	(3)	
                  DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der
                      Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt-Am Main, Germany as agent and security trustee as agent (the "Agent");

                

        

      

      
        
          	(4)	
                  DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der
                      Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt-Am Main, Germany as arranger (the "Arranger"); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(5)	
                  DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der
                      Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt-Am Main, Germany as security trustee (the "Security Trustee").

                

        

      

      BACKGROUND

      
        
          	(A)	
                  By a loan agreement dated 11 October 2013 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 13 October 2015 and a second supplemental agreement
                      dated 18 July 2017) and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent, (iv) the Arranger and (v) the Security Trustee, the Lenders have made available to the Borrower a loan facility of (originally) up to
                      US$30,000,000, of which US$16,500,000 is outstanding by way of principal at the date of this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(B)	
                  By an agency and trust agreement dated 11 October 2013 and entered into pursuant to the Loan Agreement, it was agreed that the Security Trustee would hold
                      the Trust Property on trust for the Lenders.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(C)	
                  By a corporate guarantee dated 11 October 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Existing Corporate Guarantee") and made between TMS Dry Ltd. as guarantor (the "Existing

                        Corporate Guarantor") and the Security Trustee, the Existing Corporate Guarantor has guaranteed the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(D)	
                  The Borrower and the Security Parties have requested that the Creditor Parties give their consent to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the transfer of ownership of all of the shares in the Borrower from Rightmove Shareholders Inc. (the "Existing Shareholder") to the New Shareholder (as defined below) pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the "Shares Sale");

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the release of the Existing Corporate Guarantor from its obligations under the Existing Corporate Guarantee and the appointment of the New Corporate
                      Guarantor (as defined below) as the new corporate guarantor of the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  the release of the Existing Shareholder from its obligations under the Existing Shares Pledge (as defined below); and

                

        

      

      
        1

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  the release of the Borrower from its obligations under the Existing Charterparty Assignment (as defined below),

                

        

      

      (together, the "Request").

      
        
          	(E)	
                  This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Creditor Parties agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the
                      Borrower and the Security Parties, to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Request; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the consequential amendment of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the Request.

                

        

      

      IT IS AGREED as follows:

      
        
          	1	
                  INTERPRETATION

                

        

      

      
        
          	1.1	
                  Defined expressions

                

        

      

      Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this
          Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

      
        
          	1.2	
                  Definitions

                

        

      

      In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

      "Amended

            and Restated Loan Agreement" means the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement in the form set out in the Appendix;

      "Effective

            Date" means the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrowers that the conditions precedent in Clause 3 have been fulfilled;

      "Existing

            Charterparty" means the time charter dated 30 September 2013 and made between the Borrower as owner and Classic Maritime Inc. as charterer in respect of the Ship;

      "Existing

            Charterparty Assignment" means the charterparty assignment dated 21 October 2013 and executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in relation to the Existing Charterparty and the Existing Charterparty Performance
          Guarantee;

      "Existing

            Charterparty Performance Guarantee" means the guarantee forming part of the Existing Charterparty granted by Classic Shipholding Inc. in favour of the Borrower respect of the obligations of Classic Maritime Inc. under the Existing
          Charterparty;

      "Existing

            Shares Pledge" means the pledge over all the shares in the Borrower dated 11 October 2013 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and executed by the Existing Shareholder in favour of the Security Trustee;

      "Loan

            Agreement" means the loan agreement dated 11 October 2013 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 13 October 2015 and a second supplemental agreement dated 18 July 2017) referred to in Recital (A);

      
        2

        
          

      

      

      

      "New

            Corporate Guarantee" means the irrevocable, unconditional and on-demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by
          the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

      "New

            Corporate Guarantor" means Dryships Inc., a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro,
          Marshall Islands;

      "New

            Shareholder" means Drybulk Investments Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

      "New

            Shares Pledge" means a pledge over all the shares in the Borrower in the Agreed Form executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the New Shareholder in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form; and

      "Share

            Purchase Agreement" means the purchase agreement made or to be made between the Existing Shareholder and the New Shareholder in respect of the acquisition of the shares in the Borrower by the New Shareholder from the Existing
          Shareholder in the Agreed Form.

      
        
          	1.3	
                  Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement

                

        

      

      Clauses 1.2 and 1.5 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this
          Agreement.

      
        
          	2	
                  AGREEMENT OF ALL PARTIES TO THE AMENDMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS

                

        

      

      
        
          	2.1	
                  Agreement of the Creditor Parties

                

        

      

      The Creditor Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the
          Request.

      
        
          	2.2	
                  Agreement of the parties to this Agreement

                

        

      

      The parties to this Agreement agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this
          Agreement, to the amendment of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents to be made pursuant to Clauses 5.1 and 5.2.

      
        
          	2.3	
                  Release

                

        

      

      With effect on and from (and subject to the occurrence of) the Effective Date:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Creditor Parties release all Security Interests created in their favour by the Existing Corporate Guarantor, the Existing Shareholder and the Borrower
                      under the Existing Corporate Guarantee, the Existing Shares Pledge and the Existing Charterparty Assignment respectively;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Creditor Parties release the Existing Corporate Guarantor, the Existing Shareholder and the Borrower from their respective obligations under any
                      covenants and undertakings relating to any asset over which a Security Interest is released pursuant to this Agreement in relation to the Existing Guarantee, the Existing Shares Pledge and the Existing Charterparty Assignment; and

                

        

      

      
        3

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the Security Trustee, without any warranty, representation (other than a representation that it has not further reassigned any of the rights and interests
                      referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) below), covenant or other recourse, reassigns to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Existing Shareholder, all rights and interests of every kind to, in or in connection with in the Derivative Assets (as defined the in the Existing
                      Shares Pledge) assigned to the Security Trustee by the Existing Shareholder pursuant to the Existing Shares Pledge; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the Borrower, all rights and interests of every kind to, in or in connection with in the Assigned Property (as defined the in the Existing Charterparty
                      Assignment) assigned to the Security Trustee by the Borrower pursuant to the Existing Charterparty Assignment.

                

        

      

      
        
          	2.4	
                  Effective Date

                

        

      

      The agreement of the Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 and the Release contained in
          Clause 2.3 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.

      
        
          	3	
                  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                

        

      

      
        
          	3.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The agreement of the Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 and the Release contained in
          Clause 2.3 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 3.2.

      
        
          	3.2	
                  Conditions precedent

                

        

      

      The conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are that the Agent shall have received the following
          documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers on or before the date of this Agreement (or such later date as the Agent may agree with the Borrower):

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in relation to the Borrower, the New Corporate Guarantor and the New Shareholder, documents of the kind specified in Schedule 3, Part A, paragraphs 2, 3, 4
                      and 5 of the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the New Corporate Guarantee and the New Shares
                      Pledge (as applicable);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in relation to each of the Existing Corporate Guarantor, the Existing Shareholder and the Approved Manager, an original certificate of incumbency confirming
                      (inter alia) the names of its directors, officers and shareholders;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  an original of this Agreement duly executed by the parties to it and countersigned by the Existing Corporate Guarantor, the Existing Shareholder and the
                      Approved Manager;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  an original of each of the New Corporate Guarantee and the New Shares Pledge duly executed by the parties to it (and of each document required to be
                      delivered thereunder);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  a certified copy of the Share Purchase Agreement duly executed by the parties thereto;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  evidence that the Shares Sale has been effected;

                

        

      

      
        4

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  an original of the share certificate of the Borrower specifying the New Shareholder as the sole shareholder of the shares of the Borrower;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may reasonably require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of the Share
                      Purchase Agreement by the Existing Shareholder and the New Shareholder;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(i)	
                  evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the amendment fee referred to in Clause 7.1 has been paid in full by the Borrower;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(j)	
                  favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant
                      jurisdictions as the Agent may require;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(k)	
                  documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 30.4 of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment in
                      respect of this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the New Corporate Guarantee and the New Shares Pledge;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(l)	
                  such documents, information and other evidence in such form as is requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your
                      customer" or "client acceptance" or other similar identification procedures in relation to the Borrower, any Security Party, the New Corporate Guarantor and the New Shareholder and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and
                      the other Finance Documents; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(m)	
                  any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with this Agreement and the Finance Documents which the Agent may request by notice
                      to the Borrower prior to the Effective Date.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                

        

      

      
        
          	4.1	
                  Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties

                

        

      

      The Borrower represents and warrants to the Creditor Parties that the representations and
          warranties in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement with
          reference to the circumstances now existing.

      
        
          	4.2	
                  Repetition of Finance Document representations and warranties

                

        

      

      The Borrower and each of the other Security Parties represents and warrants to the Creditor Parties
          that the representations and warranties in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and restated by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, remain true
          and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement with reference to the circumstances now existing.

      
        
          	5	
                  AMENDMENT OF LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.1	
                  Specific amendments to Loan Agreement

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended and restated in the form of the
                      Amended and Restated Loan Agreement; and

                

        

      

      
        5

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  as so amended and restated pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Loan Agreement shall continue to be binding on each of the parties to it in accordance with
                      its terms as so amended and restated.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.2	
                  Amendments to Finance Documents

                

        

      

      With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan
          Agreement, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Deed of Covenant shall be amended to include at clause 11.1 (Incorporation of Loan Agreement provisions) thereof a cross reference to clause 31
                      (Bail-in) of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the General Assignment shall be amended to include at clause 12.1 (Incorporation of Loan Agreement provisions) thereof a cross reference to clause 31
                      (Bail-in) of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed
                      as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and restated or supplemented by this Agreement; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same
                      referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.3	
                  Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

                

        

      

      The Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as
          amended by:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the amendments contained or referred to in Clause 5.2; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	6	
                  FURTHER ASSURANCES

                

        

      

      
        
          	6.1	
                  Borrower's and each Security Party's obligation to execute further documents etc.

                

        

      

      The Borrower and each Security Party shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  execute and deliver to the Security Trustee (or as it may direct) any assignment, mortgage, power of attorney, proxy or other document, governed by the law
                      of England or such other country as the Security Trustee may, in any particular case, specify; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any other step;

                

        

      

      which the Security Trustee may, by notice to the Borrower or that Security Party, specify for any
          of the purposes described in Clause 6.2 or for any similar or related purpose.

      
        
          	6.2	
                  Purposes of further assurances

                

        

      

      Those purposes are:

      
        6

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  validly and effectively to create any Security Interest or right of any kind which the Security Trustee intended should be created by or pursuant to the
                      Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, each as amended and restated or supplemented by this Agreement; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  implementing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	6.3	
                  Terms of further assurances

                

        

      

      The Security Trustee may specify the terms of any document to be executed by the Borrower or any
          Security Party under Clause 6.1, and those terms may include any covenants, powers and provisions which the Security Trustee considers appropriate to protect its interests.

      
        
          	6.4	
                  Obligation to comply with notice

                

        

      

      The Borrower or any Security Party shall comply with a notice under Clause 6.1 by the date
          specified in the notice.

      
        
          	6.5	
                  Additional corporate action

                

        

      

      At the same time as the Borrower or any Security Party delivers to the Security Trustee any
          document executed under Clause 6.1(a), the Borrower or any Security Party shall also deliver to the Security Trustee a certificate signed by an officer of the Borrower or, as the case may be, that Security Party which shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  set out the text of a resolution of the Borrower's or that Security Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by
                      the Security Trustee; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to
                      vote on the resolution was present or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors and is valid under the Borrower's or that Security Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7	
                  FEES AND EXPENSES

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.1	
                  Amendment fee

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on or before the date of this Agreement a non-refundable
          amendment fee of $25,000.

      
        
          	7.2	
                  Expenses

                

        

      

      The provisions of clause 20 (Fees and Expenses) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and restated by
          this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

      
        
          	8	
                  COMMUNICATIONS

                

        

      

      
        
          	8.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The provisions of clause 28 (Notices) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and restated by this
          Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

      
        7

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	9	
                  SUPPLEMENTAL

                

        

      

      
        
          	9.1	
                  Counterparts

                

        

      

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

      
        
          	9.2	
                  Third party rights

                

        

      

      A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
          Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

      
        
          	10	
                  LAW AND JURISDICTION

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.1	
                  Governing law

                

        

      

      This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be
          governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

      
        
          	10.2	
                  Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions

                

        

      

      The provisions of clause 30 (Law and Jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and restated
          by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

      THIS AGREEMENT has

          been duly executed as a Deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

      
        8

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 1

      LENDERS

      	
              Lender

            	
              Lending Office

               

                

            
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              Platz der Republik 6

                  D-60325 Frankfurt

                  Am-Main Germany

            

      
        9

        
          

      

      

      

      EXECUTION PAGES

      	
              BORROWER

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              as a DEED RIGHTMOVE OWNERS

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              acting by Dimitrios Glynos

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Dimitrios Glynos

            	 
	
              its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

            	 
	
              Attorney-at-Law

              Watson Farley & Williams

              348 Syngrou Avenue

              176 74 Kallithea

              Athens Greece

            	 	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              LENDERS

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              as a DEED by DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              acting by Erica Lacombe

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Erica Lacombe

            	 
	
              its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

            	 
	
              Attorney-at-Law

              Watson Farley & Williams

              348 Syngrou Avenue

              176 74 Kallithea

              Athens Greece

            	 	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              AGENT

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              as a DEED by DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              acting by Erica Lacombe

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Erica Lacombe

            	 
	
              its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

            	 
	
              Attorney-at-Law

              Watson Farley & Williams

              348 Syngrou Avenue

              176 74 Kallithea

              Athens Greece

            	 	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              ARRANGER

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              as a DEED by DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              acting by Erica Lacombe

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Erica Lacombe

            	 
	
              its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

            	 
	
              Attorney-at-Law

              Watson Farley & Williams

              348 Syngrou Avenue

              176 74 Kallithea

              Athens Greece

            	 	 	 

      

      

      

      

      
        10

        
          

      

      
      

      

      	
              SECURITY TRUSTEE

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              EXECUTED AND DELIVERED

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              as a DEED by DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              acting by Erica Lacombe

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Erica Lacombe

            	 
	
              its duly authorised attorney-in-fact

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              ILIAS VASSILIOS TSIGOS

            	
              )

            	
              /s/Ilias Vassilios Tsigos

            	 
	
              Attorney-at-Law

              Watson Farley & Williams

              348 Syngrou Avenue

              176 74 Kallithea

              Athens Greece

            	 	 	 

      

      

      

      

      
        11

        
          

      

      

      

      COUNTERSIGNED on

          1 June 2018 for and on behalf of the below Security Parties, each of which by its execution hereof confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that it agrees in all respects to the same
          and that the Finance Documents to which it is a party (other than, after the Effective Date, the Existing Corporate Guarantee and the Existing Shares Pledge which are released pursuant to Clause 2.3 of this Agreement) shall remain in full force
          and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (each as amended, supplemented and/or restated by this Agreement).

      Dr. Adriano Cefai

          5/1 Merchant Street

          Valetta VLT 1171

          Malta

          

          

          /s/ Dr. Andriano Cefai

          Dr. Adriano Cefai

          for and on behalf of

          TMS DRY LTD.

          in its capacity as Existing Guarantor

      

      

      Dr. Adriano Cefai

          5/1 Merchant Street

          Valetta VLT 1171

          Malta

          

          

          /s/ Dr. Andriano Cefai

          Dr. Adriano Cefai

          for and on behalf of

          RIGHTMOVE SHAREHOLDERS INC.

          in its capacity as Existing Shareholder

      

      

      Dr. Adriano Cefai

          5/1 Merchant Street

          Valetta VLT 1171

          Malta

          

          

          /s/ Dr. Andriano Cefai

          Dr. Adriano Cefai

          for and on behalf of

          TMS DRY LTD.

          in its capacity as Approved Manager

      
        12

        
          

      

      

      

      APPENDIX

      FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT MARKED TO 

      INDICATE AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

      Amendments are indicated as follows:

      
        
          	1	
                  additions are indicated by underlined text; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  deletions are shown by strike-through text.

                

        

      

      
        13

        
          

      

      Dated 11 October 2013

          

          

          as amended and restated on 1 June 2018

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          

          RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

          as Borrower

          

          

          

          

          -and-

          

          

          

          

          THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

      listed in Schedule 1

          as Lenders

          

          

          

          

          -and-

          

          

          

          

          DVB BANK SE

      as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee

          

          

          

          

          

          

          LOAN AGREEMENT

          

          

          relating to a loan facility of (originally) up to US$30,000,000

          to part-finance the acquisition cost of a

          Capesize bulk carrier under construction constructed

          at Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., China

          having builder's hull number 1239 tbn and named "HUAHINE"

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      

      WATSON FARLEY

      &

      WILLIAMS

      
        
          

      

      

      

      INDEX

      	
              Clause

            	 	
              Page

            	 
	
              1

            	
              Interpretation

            	
              1

            	 
	
              2

            	
              Facility

            	
              1519

            	 
	
              3

            	
              Position of the Lenders

            	
              1519

            	 
	
              4

            	
              Drawdown

            	
              1520

            	 
	
              5

            	
              Interest

            	
              1621

            	 
	
              6

            	
              Interest Periods

            	
              1925

            	 
	
              7

            	
              Default Interest

            	
              1925

            	 
	
              8

            	
              Repayment and Prepayment

            	
              2027

            	 
	
              9

            	
              Conditions Precedent

            	
              2229

            	 
	
              10

            	
              Representations and Warranties

            	
              2330

            	 
	
              11

            	
              General Undertakings

            	
              2634

            	 
	
              12

            	
              Corporate Undertakings

            	
              3140

            	 
	
              13

            	
              Insurance

            	
              3242

            	 
	
              14

            	
              Ship Covenants

            	
              3848

            	 
	
              15

            	
              Security Cover

            	
              4353

            	 
	
              16

            	
              Payments and Calculations

            	
              4555

            	 
	
              17

            	
              Application of Receipts

            	
              4657

            	 
	
              18

            	
              Application of Earnings

            	
              4758

            	 
	
              19

            	
              Events of Default

            	
              4858

            	 
	
              20

            	
              Fees and Expenses

            	
              5365

            	 
	
              21

            	
              Indemnities

            	
              5466

            	 
	
              22

            	
              No Set-off or Tax Deduction

            	
              5668

            	 
	
              23

            	
              Illegality, etc

            	
              5670

            	 
	
              24

            	
              Increased Costs

            	
              5771

            	 
	
              25

            	
              Set-Off

            	
              5973

            	 
	
              26

            	
              Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices

            	
              5974

            	 
	
              27

            	
              Variations and Waivers

            	
              6379

            	 
	
              28

            	
              Notices

            	
              6480

            	 
	
              29

            	
              Supplemental

            	
              6783

            	 
	
              30

            	
              Law and Jurisdiction

            	
              6783

            	 
	
              31

            	
              Bail-In

            	
              84

            	 
	
              Schedules

            	 
	
              Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments

            	
              6985

            
	
              Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice

            	
              7086

            
	
              Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents

            	
              7187

            
	
              Part A           
                                                                             Error Bookmark not defined.

            	 
	
              Part B

            	
              88

            
	
              Schedule 4 Transfer Certificate

            	
              7490

            
	
              Schedule 5 List of Approved Brokers

            	
              7793

            
	
              Schedule 6 DVB Form of Administration

            	
              7894

            
	
              Schedule 7 Part A Letter of Instruction to Classification Society

            	
              8096

            
	
              Part B Letter of Undertaking From the Classification Society

            	
              98

            
	
              Schedule 8 Timetables

            	
              99

            
	
              Execution Pages

            	
              83

            
	
              Execution Page

            	
              100

            

      

      

      
        
          

      

      
      

      

      THIS AGREEMENT is
          was made on 11 October 2013 and is amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated 1 June 2018

      PARTIES

      BETWEEN

      
        
          	(1)	
                  RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC., a corporation incorporated in
                      the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands as Borrower;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(2)	
                  THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in
                      Schedule 1, as Lenders;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(3)	
                  DVB BANK SE, as Agent;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(4)	
                  DVB BANK SE, as Arranger; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(5)	
                  DVB BANK SE, as Security Trustee.

                

        

      

      BACKGROUND

      The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a secured term loan facility in an amount of up to the
          lesser of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the market value (determined pursuant to paragraph 6 of Schedule, 3 Part B) of a Capesize bulk carrier of approximately 206,000 metric tons deadweight, currently being constructed by Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. in China and bearing builder's Hull No. 1239, for the purpose of part-financing the acquisition cost of that ship. The amount of $30,000,000 has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date, of which an amount of 16,500,000 is outstanding by way of principal as at the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement.

      IT IS AGREED as
          follows:

      
        
          	1	
                  INTERPRETATION

                

        

      

      
        
          	1.1	
                  Definitions

                

        

      

      Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

      "Account

            Bank" means Nordea DVB Bank Finland Plc, London Branch SE, acting through its office
          at 8th Floor Platz der Republik 6, City Place House D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, 55 Basinghall Street, London- EC2V 5NB, England Germany or
          any other bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders with whom the Earnings Accounts Account may be maintained;

      "Accounts

            Pledge" means a pledge agreement creating security in respect of the Earnings Account in the Agreed Form;

      “Affected

              Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

      "Agency

            and Trust Agreement" means the agency and trust agreement dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties;

      
        1

        
          

      

      
      

      

      "Agent"

          means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Repulic Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt
          Am-Main, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

      "Agreed

            Form" means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in
          any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

      "Amending

              and Restating Agreement" means an amending and restating agreement dated 1 June 2018 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower. (ii) the
              Lenders, (iii) the Agent iv the Arranger and (v) the Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions on which this Agreement has been amended and restated:

      "Annex

            VI" means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as modified in 1978 and 1997);

      "Approved

            Broker" means any of the brokers listed in Schedule 5 and, in the plural, means all of them;

      "Approved Charterer" means Classic Maritime Inc., a company incorporated in Marshall Islands and existing under the laws
            of Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Islands, MH 96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands.

        

      “Approved

              Charterparty” makes a time charterparty dated 30 September 2013in respect of the Ship and made between the Borrower as owner and the Charter
              as charterer for a duration of 7 years and at a hire rate of $21,000 per day;

      "Approved

            Flag" means the flag of Malta, Liberia, the Marshall Islands or any other flag which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve as the flag on which the Ship may be registered;

      "Approved

            Flag State" means Malta, Liberia, the Marshall Islands or any other country in which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve that the Ship may be registered;

      "Approved

            Manager" means, in relation to the technical and commercial management of the Ship, TMS Dry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in The Marshall Islands and maintaining a law 89 shipmanagement office at 11 Frangkokklisias street Fragkokklisias Street, 151 25 Maroussi, Greece or either:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any other company in the same legal and beneficial ownership and control as TMS Dry Ltd.; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the commercial or, as the case may be,
                      technical manager of the Ship;

                

        

      

      "Approved

            Manager's Undertakings" means a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee, agreeing certain matters in relation to the commercial and technical management of the Ship and
          subordinating its

      
        2

        
          

      

      

      

      rights against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lenders under the Finance Documents, in
          the Agreed Form;

       

        

      "Arranger"

          means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Republic Republik 6, D-60325
          Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany, or any successor;

      "Availability

            Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the earlier of (i) the date on which the Contract is assigned and/ or novated in favour of any third party, (ii) Delivery Date of the Ship and (iii) 31
                      December 2013 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

                

        

      

      "Bail-In

              Action" means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

      "Bail-In

              Legislation" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any
                          time implements. Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In
                          Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to
                          time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation’

                

        

      

      "Balloon

            Instalment" has the meaning given in Clause 8.1(b);

      "Borrower"

          means RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Islands Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

      "Builder"

          means Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China having its registered office at No. 2468 Changxing Jiangnan Avenue, Changxing Town, Chongming
          County, Shanghai 201913, The People's Republic of China;

      “Business

              Day” means a day on which banks are open in London, Athens, Frankfurt, Piraueus, Beijing, Shanghai and, in respect of a day on which a
              payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

      "Business

              Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London (in relation to a determination of an
              interest rate only), Frankfurt (in relation to funding only), New York (in relation to Dollar payments only) and otherwise Amsterdam, Athens and Piraeus;

      "Charterparty"

          means any time charterparty (including, without limitation, the Approved Charterparty) in respect of the Ship of a duration (or capable
          of being or exceeding a duration)

      
        3

        
          

      

      

      

      of 12 months or more, made on terms and with a charterer in all respects acceptable to the Agent;

      "Charterparty

            Assignment" means a specific deed of assignment of the rights, title and interests of the Borrower in respect of any Charterparty in the Agreed Form;

      “Charterparty

              Performance Guarantee” means any guarantee entered into pursuant to the terms of the Charterparty in respect of the Approved Charterparty and
              executed by the Charterparty Performance Guarantor;

      “Charterparty

              Performance Guarantor” means Classic Shipholding Inc., a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands and existing under the laws of the
              Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeitake Islands, MH9690, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

      "Commitment"

          means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance
          with this Agreement (and "Total Commitments" means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

      "Contract"

          means the shipbuilding contract dated 17 May 2010 entered into between the Builder and CSTC and the Original Buyer (as amended and supplemented by an addendum No. 1 dated 17 May 2010, an addendum No. 2 dated 9 November 2012, an addendum
          No. 3 dated 26 April 2013 and an addendum No. 4 dated 18 June 2013 and novated, amended and supplemented by a novation agreement (the "Novation
            Agreement") dated 17 April 2013 pursuant to which the Original Buyer novated its rights, obligations and liabilities under that shipbuilding contract to the Borrower) in respect of the construction of the Ship by the Builder and its
          purchase by the Borrower;

      "Contract

            Price" means $51,400,000, being the acquisition cost in respect of the Ship payable to the Builder pursuant to Article II of the Contract;

      "Contractual

            Currency" has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

      "Contribution"

          means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

      "Corporate

            Guarantee" means the irrevocable, unconditional and on-demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it the Borrower is a party, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Lender Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

      "Corporate

            Guarantor" means Cardiff Marine Dryships
          Inc., a company corporation incorporated in Liberia and validly existing under the laws of Liberia the Marshall Islands, having its registered office
          at 80 Broad Street Trust Company Complex, Monrocia Ajeltake Road, Liberia Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

      "Creditor

            Party" means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

      "CSTC"

          means China Shipbuilding Trading Company Limited, a company organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China and having its registered office at Fangyuan Mansion, 56 (Yi), Zhongguancum Nondajie, Beijing 100044, The
          People's Republic of China;

      
        4

        
          

      

      "Delivery

            Date" means the date on which the Ship is was
          actually delivered to the Borrower pursuant to the Contract;

      "Dollars"

          and "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

      "Drawdown

            Date" means the date requested by the Borrower for the Loan to be advanced, or (as the context requires), the date on which the Loan is actually advanced;

      "Drawdown

            Notice" means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

      "DVB

            Form of Administration" means a form to be issued by the Borrower to the Agent in the form set out in Schedule 6;

      "Earnings"

          means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  all freight, hire and passage moneys;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  remuneration for salvage and towage services;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  demurrage and detention moneys;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(vi)	
                  all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that
                      proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;

                

        

      

      "Earnings

            Account" means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated "Rightmove Owners Inc. - Earnings Account" and into which all Earnings are paid in accordance with Clause 18.1, or any other account which is
          designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;

      "EEA

              Member Country" means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway;

      "Environmental

            Claim" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which
                      relates to any Environmental Law; or

                

        

      

      
        5

        
          

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

                

        

      

      and "claim" means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or
          suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

      "Environmental

            Incident" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and
                      such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the
                      Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or
                      potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

                

        

      

      "Environmental

            Law" means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

      "Environmentally

            Sensitive Material" means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

      "EU

              Bail-In Legislation Schedule" means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to
              time;

      "Event

            of Default" means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;

      "FATCA"

            means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any treaty. law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an
                          intergovernmental agreement between the US and another jurisdiction which in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  an agreement pursuant to the implementation of an treat law or regulation
                          referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

                

        

      

      
        6

        
          

      

      

      

      "FATCA

              Deduction" means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

      "FATCA

              Exempt Part " means a Part that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

      "Finance

            Documents" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  this Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  the Agency and Trust Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  the Corporate Guarantee;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  the General Assignment;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(e)	
                  the Mortgage;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(f)	
                  the Account Pledge;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(g)	
                  any Charterparty Assignment;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(h)	
                  the Shares Pledge;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Amending and Restating Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(j)	
                  (i)the Approved Manager's Undertakings; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(k)	
                  (j)any other document (whether creating a Security
                      Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, the Approved Manager or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in
                      relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

                

        

      

      "Financial

            Indebtedness" means, in relation to a person (the "debtor"), a liability of the debtor:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of
                      money by the debtor;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(e)	
                  under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the
                      agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

                

        

      

      
        7

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(f)	
                  under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

                

        

      

      "Funding

              Rate" means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 5.8,

      "GAAP"

          means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America including IFRS;

      "General

            Assignment" means a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form;

      "Group"

          means the Borrower, the Shareholder, the Corporate Guarantor and any other company in the same legal and beneficial ownership and control as its subsidiaries for the time being (including, but not
              limited to, the Borrower or and the Shareholder) and "member of the Group" shall be construed accordingly;

      "IAPPC"

          means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate issued under Annex VI;

      "IFRS"

          means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

      "Initial

            Market Value" means the Market Value of the Ship calculated in accordance with the valuations relative thereto referred to in paragraph 6 of Schedule 3, Part B;

      "Instalment"

          has the meaning given in Clause 8.1(a);

      "Insurances"

          means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the
                      Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Ship; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of
                      any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on the date of this Agreement;

                

        

      

      "Interest

            Period" means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

      "Interpolated

              Screen Rate" means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen
              Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen
                          Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen
                          Rate is available which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

                

        

      

      each as of the
              Specified Time for Dollars;

      
        8

        
          

      

      

      

      "ISM

            Code" means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms "safety management system", "Safety Management Certificate" and "Document of Compliance" have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

      "ISPS

            Code" means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

      "ISSC" means a valid and current International Ship
          Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

      "Lender"

          means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assign;

      "LIBOR"

          means, for an Interest Period: in relation to, the Loan or any part of the
              Loan;

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for Dollars and for a
                          period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in
                          Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant interest Period which appears on REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01 at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date
                          for that Interest Period (and, for the purposes of this Agreement, “REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01” means the display designated at the “REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01” on the Reuters Money News Service or such other page as may replace
                          REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01 on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of
                          displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  If no rate is quoted on REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01, the rate per annum
                          determined by the Agent to the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards if necessary, to the nearest one sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Reference Bank as the rate of which deposits in
                          Dollars are offered to that Reference Bank by leading banks in the London interbank Market at that Reference Bank’s request at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that interest Period for a period equal to
                          that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 5.5,

                

        

      

      and if, in either
              case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;

      "Loan"

          means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

      "Major

            Casualty" means any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other
          currency;

      "Majority

            Lenders" means:

      
        9

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  before the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  after the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan;

                

        

      

      "Management

            Agreement" means the agreement dated 17 April 2013 and made between the Borrower and the Approved Manager pursuant to which the Approved Manager has agreed to provide technical and commercial management services to the Borrower in
          respect of the Ship.;

      "Margin"

          means 3.25 per cent. per annum;

      "Market

            Value" means the market value of the Ship determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;

      "Material

              Adverse Effect" means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or
                          prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  the ability of the Borrower or any Security Party to perform its obligations
                          under any Finance Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any
                          Security Interest granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      "Minimum

            Liquidity" has the meaning given in Clause 11.17;

      "Mortgage"

          means the first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on the Ship and, if required, a deed of covenant collateral thereto, in the Agreed Form;

      “Negotiation Period” has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;

      "Notifying

            Lender" has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;

      "Original

            Buyer" means Amazon Owning Company Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, the
          Marshall Islands;

      "Party"

            means a party to this Agreement;

      "Payment

            Currency" has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

      "Permitted

            Security Interests" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  liens for salvage;

                

        

      

      
        10

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to the Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(e)	
                  liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary
                      course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and
                      subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(f)	
                  any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any
                        proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(g)	
                  Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by
                      appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

                

        

      

      "Permitted

              Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change" means the Ultimate Beneficial Owner becoming the ultimate legal, direct or indirect, beneficial owner of the
              total issued share capital of the Borrower by way of transfer of all the shares of the Borrower to an entity which is wholly beneficially owned by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner and approved by all the Lenders in their sole discretion, subject
              to Clause 19.1(k);

      "Pertinent

            Document" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any Finance Document;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy,
                      contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

                

        

      

      "Pertinent

            Jurisdiction", in relation to a company, means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  England and Wales;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been
                      exercised;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(e)	
                  a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which
                      the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest

                

        

      

      
        11

        
          

      

      

      

      created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its
          validity or priority; and

      
        
          	

                	(f)	
                  a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company, whether as main or
                      territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);

                

        

      

      "Pertinent

            Matter" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

                

        

      

      and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any
          time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

      "Potential

            Event of Default" means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

      “Prohibited

              Person” means any person with whom transactions are currently prohibited or restricted under the United States of America sanctions
              administered by the United States of America Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), any other United States of America government sanction, export or procurement laws or any other sanctions or business dealings
              imposed by a member state of the European Union, including a person on any list of restricted entities, persons or organisations published by the United States of America government, the United Nations or the European Union or any member
              state of the European Union, including without limitation;

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  the United States of America Government’s List of Specially Designated
                          Nationals and Blocked Persons, Denied Persons List, Entities List, Debarred Parties List, Excluded Parties List and Terrorism Exclusion List;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  Her Majesty’s Treasury’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions
                          Targets;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  the European Union Restricted Person Lists issued pursuant to Council
                          Regulation (EC) No. 881/2002 of 27 May 2002, Council Regulation (EC) No, 2580/2001 of 27 December 2001 and Council Common Position 2005/725/CFSP of 17 October 2005; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  the United Nations Consolidated List established and maintained by the
                          1267 Committee;

                

        

      

      "Prohibited

              Person" means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

      "Quotation

            Date" means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document), the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that Interest
          Period or any other period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London

      
        12

        
          

      

      

      

      Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks
          in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

      "Reference

              Bank Rate" means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference
              Banks:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  if:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  it consists of a single figure,

                

        

      

      as the rate
              (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could
                          fund itself in Dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.;

                

        

      

      "Reference

            Banks" means, subject to Clause 26.16, the branch of DVB Bank SE at Platz der Republik 6, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany and the London branch of any other bank or financial institution selected by the Agent;

      "Related

              Fund" in relation to a fund (the "first
              fund"), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a
              different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund;

      "Relevant

            Person" has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

      "Repayment

            Date" means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

      "Requisition

            Compensation" includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of "Total Loss";

      "Resolution

              Authority" means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;

      "Sanctions"

            means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting,
              financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the
                          European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  otherwise imposed by any law or regulation;

                

        

      

      "Screen

              Rate" means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the
              administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson

      
        13

        
          

      

      

      

      Reuters screen (or
              any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be
              available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;

      "Secured

            Liabilities" means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to
          any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or
          other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

      "Security

            Cover Ratio" means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (i) the Market Value of the Ship and (ii) the net realisable value of any additional security provided at that time under Clause 15 expressed as a percentage of the Loan at that
          time;

      "Security

            Interest" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem;
                      and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the
                      position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or
                      financial institution;

                

        

      

      "Security

            Party" means the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, the Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar
          capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of "Finance Documents";

      "Security

            Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 below or any other provision of this Agreement
                      or another Finance Document; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(d)	
                  the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction
                      under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any

                

        

      

      
        14

        
          

      

      

      

      present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any
          asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

      "Security

            Trustee" means DVB Bank SE, acting in such capacity through its office at Platz der Republik, D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

      "Servicing

            Bank" means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

      "Shareholder"

          means Rightmove Shareholders Drybulk Investments Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is
          at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, MH96960, Majuro, Marshall Islands,;

      "Shares

            Pledge" means a pledge over all the shares in the Borrower in the Agreed Form;

      "Ship"

          means the Capesize bulk carrier of approximately 206,000 metric tons deadweight  currently under construction constructed
          by the Builder for, and to be purchased by, the Borrower pursuant to the Contract, having Builder's Hull No. 1239, and to be registered, on the Delivery Date, in the
          ownership of the Borrower with IMO No. 9587257 under an Approved Flag with the name "HUAHINE";

      "Specified

              Time" means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8;

      "Total

            Loss" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a
                      nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for
                      hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower's full control; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower's full
                      control;

                

        

      

      "Total

            Loss Date" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the
                      Ship as a total loss; and

                

        

      

      
        15

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(c)	
                  in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total
                      loss occurred;

                

        

      

      "Transfer

            Certificate" has the meaning given in Clause 26.2;

      "Trust

            Property" has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

      "Ultimate

              Beneficial Owner" means Mr. George Economou, a citizen of Greece residing, as at the date of this Agreement, at 38 Boulevard du Jardin Exotique, 98000
              Monaco, and/or any of his linear descendants;

      "Underlying

            Documents" means, together, the Contract, the Management Agreement and the Approved any Charterparty and, in the singular, means any of them; and

      "US"

            means the United States of America;

      "US

              Tax Obligor" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from
                          sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes

                

        

      

      "VAT"
          means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred
                      to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere;,. and

                

        

      

      "Write-down

              and Conversion Powers" means:

      
        
          	

                	(a)	
                  in relation to an Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In
                          Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(b)	
                  in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute
                          shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such
                          a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or
                          instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those
                          powers; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

                

        

      

      
        16

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	1.2	
                  Construction of certain terms

                

        

      

      In this Agreement:

      "administration

            notice" means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in
          connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

      "approved"

          means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

      "asset"

          includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

      "company"

          includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

      "consent"

          includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

      "contingent

            liability" means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

      "document"

          includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

      "excess

            risks" means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which
          the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

      "expense"

          means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

      "law"

          includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security
          Council;

      "legal

            or administrative action" means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

      "liability"

          includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

      "months"

          shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

      "obligatory

            insurances" means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

      "parent

            company" has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

      "person"

          includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

      
        17

        
          

      

      

      

      "policy",

          in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

      "protection

            and indemnity risks" means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not
          recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 8 of the Institute
          Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

      "regulation"

          includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other
          authority or organisation;

      "subsidiary"

          has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

      "tax"

          includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange
          controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

      "war

            risks" includes the risk of mines, blocking and trapping and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute
          Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

      
        
          	1.3	
                  Meaning of "month"

                

        

      

      A period of one or more "months" ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started ("the numerically corresponding day"), but:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business
                      Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of
                      the period has no numerically corresponding day,

                

        

      

      and "month" and "monthly" shall be construed accordingly.

      
        
          	1.4	
                  Meaning of "subsidiary"

                

        

      

      A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly
                      owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

                

        

      

      
        18

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,

                

        

      

      and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

      
        
          	1.5	
                  General Interpretation

                

        

      

      In this Agreement:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of
                      this Agreement or otherwise;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement
                      or otherwise;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

                

        

      

      
        
          	1.6	
                  Headings

                

        

      

      In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause
          and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

      
        
          	2	
                  FACILITY

                

        

      

      
        
          	2.1	
                  Amount of facility

                

        

      

      Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower
          a secured term loan facility, in a single advance, in an amount of up to the lesser of (a) $30,000,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship. The

              amount of $30,000,000 has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date, of which an amount of $16,500,000 is outstanding by way of principal as at the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement.

      
        
          	2.2	
                  Lenders' participations in Loan

                

        

      

      Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Loan in the
          proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

      
        
          	2.3	
                  Purpose of Loan

                

        

      

      The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use the Loan only for the purpose stated in the
          preamble to this Agreement.

      
        
          	3	
                  POSITION OF THE LENDERS

                

        

      

      
        
          	3.1	
                  Interests of Lenders

                

        

      

      The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.

      
        19

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	3.2	
                  Individual Lender's right of action

                

        

      

      Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the
          Borrower to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

      
        
          	3.3	
                  Proceedings by individual Lender requiring Majority Lender consent

                

        

      

      Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any
          Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

      
        
          	3.4	
                  Obligations of Lenders several

                

        

      

      The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to
          perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Creditor Party being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

                

        

      

      and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to
          perform its obligations under this Agreement.

      
        
          	4	
                  DRAWDOWN

                

        

      

      
        
          	4.1	
                  Request for the Loan

                

        

      

      Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request the Loan to be advanced by ensuring
          that the Agent receives the completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date. The Parties
              acknowledge that the Loan has been drawn down on the Drawdown Date.

      
        
          	4.2	
                  Availability

                

        

      

      The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the amount of the Loan shall not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4.3	
                  Notification to Lenders of receipt of the Drawdown Notice

                

        

      

      The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received the Drawdown Notice and shall
          inform each Lender of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the amount of the Loan and the Drawdown Date;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the amount of that Lender's participation in the Loan; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the duration of the first Interest Period.

                

        

      

      
        20

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	4.4	
                  Drawdown Notice irrevocable

                

        

      

      The Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower; and once
          served, the Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

      
        
          	4.5	
                  Lenders to make available Contributions

                

        

      

      Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown
          Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.

      
        
          	4.6	
                  Disbursement of Loan

                

        

      

      Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the
          Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4.7	
                  Disbursement of Loan to third party

                

        

      

      The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the borrowing of the Loan and the
          Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.

      
        
          	5	
                  INTEREST

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.1	
                  Payment of normal interest

                

        

      

      Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

      
        
          	5.2	
                  Normal rate of interest

                

        

      

      Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of the Margin and LIBOR for that Interest Period.

      
        
          	5.3	
                  Payment of accrued interest

                

        

      

      In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3
          months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

      
        
          	5.4	
                  Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest

                

        

      

      The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  each rate of interest; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the duration of each Interest Period,; and

                

        

      

      
        21

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  each Funding Rate relating to the Loan or any part of the Loan, as soon as
                          reasonably practicable after each is determined.

                

        

      

      as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

      
        
          	5.5	
                  Obligation of Reference Banks to quote

                

        

      

      A Reference
              Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixed a rate of interest under this Agreement.

      
        
          	5.6	
                  Absence of quotations by Reference Banks

                

        

      

      If any
              Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks; but if 2 or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the
              relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.

      
        
          	5.7	
                  Market disruption

                

        

      

      The following
              provisions of this Clause apply if:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  no screen rate is quoted in REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01 and the Reference
                          Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, a
                          Lender notifies the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to that Lender of funding its respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market
                          at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the
                          Agent is notified by a Lender (the “Affected Lender”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.8	
                  Notification of market disruption

                

        

      

      The Agent
              shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

      
        
          	5.9	
                  Suspension of drawdown

                

        

      

      If the Agent’s
              notice under Clause 5.8 is served before the Loan is advances:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in a case falling within Clauses 5.7(a) or (b), the Lenders’
                          obligations to advance the Loan;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in a case falling within Clause 5.7(c), the Affected Lender’s
                          obligation to participate in the Loan;

                

        

      

      shall be
              suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

      
        
          	5.10	
                  Negotiation of alternative rate of interest

                

        

      

      If the Agent’s
              notice under Clause 5.8 is served after the Loan is borrowed, the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent
              serves its notice

      
        22

        
          

      

      

      

      under Clause
              5.8 (the “Negotiation Period”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or
              its Controlling during the Interest Period concerned.

      
        
          	5.11	
                  Application of agreed alternative rate of interest

                

        

      

      Any
              alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

      
        
          	5.12	
                  Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement

                

        

      

      If an
              alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the
              case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus
              the Margin; and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

      
        
          	5.13	
                  Notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      If the
              Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.

      
        
          	5.14	
                  Prepayment; termination of Commitments

                

        

      

      A notice under
              Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and

      
        
          	(a)	
                  on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total
                          Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the
                          Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate (being the rate proposed by the Lenders in
                          accordance with Clause 5.12) plus the Margin.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.15	
                  Application of prepayment

                

        

      

      The provision
              of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

      
        
          	5.5	
                  Unavailability of Screen Rate

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen
                          Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  Dollars; or

                

        

      

      
         

      

      
        23

        
          

      

      
        
          
            	

                  	(ii)	
                    the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not
                            possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

                  

          

        

      

      
        the applicable
                LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and fora period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for Dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as
                          applicable) and Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.6	
                  Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of
                          a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  If at or about noon on the Quotation Date none or only one of the Reference
                          Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5.7	
                  Market disruption

                

        

      

      If before close of
              business in London on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 10 per cent. of the Loan or the
              relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) (the "Relevant Lender") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

      
        
          	5.8	
                  Cost of funds

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  If this Clause 5.8 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Margin; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in
                          any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the
                          Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  If this Clause 5.8 applies and the Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis
                          for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all parties to this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        24

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Agent under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a)
                          above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  If this Clause 5.8 applies pursuant to Clause 5.7 and:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph
                        (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

                

        

      

      the cost to that
              Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

      
        
          	6	
                  INTEREST PERIODS

                

        

      

      
        
          	6.1	
                  Commencement of Interest Periods

                

        

      

      The first Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period
          shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

      
        
          	6.2	
                  Duration of normal Interest Periods

                

        

      

      Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  3 months; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  such other period as the Agent may, in its absolute discretion, agree with the Borrower not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the
                      commencement of the relevant Interest Period.

                

        

      

      
        
          	6.3	
                  Duration of Interest Periods for Instalments

                

        

      

      In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest
          Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

      
        
          	6.4	
                  Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected

                

        

      

      If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3
          months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be
          available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

      
        
          	7	
                  DEFAULT INTEREST

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.1	
                  Payment of default interest on overdue amounts

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any
          amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the date on which the Finance Documents (or any of them) provide that such amount is due for payment; or

                

        

      

      
        25

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.2	
                  Default rate of interest

                

        

      

      Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of
          actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.3	
                  Calculation of default rate of interest

                

        

      

      The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest
                      Period); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  LIBOR; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference
                      Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent
                      (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7.4	
                  Notification of interest periods and default rates

                

        

      

      The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by
          the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the
          Agent's notification.

      
        
          	7.5	
                  Payment of accrued default interest

                

        

      

      Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid
          on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

      
        26

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	7.6	
                  Compounding of default interest

                

        

      

      Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was
          determined shall thereupon be compounded.

      
        
          	8	
                  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

                

        

      

      
        
          	8.1	
                  Amount of Instalments

                

        

      

      The Save as otherwise repaid or prepaid prior to the date of the Amending and Restating Agreement, the Borrower shall repay the Loan by:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  24 6 consecutive quarterly instalments (each an "Instalment" and, together, the "Instalments"), each in the
                      amount of (i) in the case of each of the first to and the twentieth second Instalments $750.000; and (ii) in the case of the third to the sixth
                          Instalments (inclusive) $750,000; and (ii) in the case of the twenty fourth instalments (inclusive) $500,000; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a balloon instalment (the “Balloon Instalment”) in
                      the amount of $13,000,000;.

                

        

      

      Provided that if the maximum amount of the Loan is not drawn down hereunder each Instalment and the Balloon instalment shall be
              reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn balance.

      

        	8.2	
                Payment Dates

                  

              

      

      The
              first instalment shall be repaid on the date falling three months after the Drawdown Date 17 July 2018, each subsequent Instalment shall be repaid at three-monthly intervals thereafter and
              the last instalment shall be repaid, together with the Balloon Instalment, on the date falling on the sixth anniversary of the Drawdown Date 17 October 2019.

            

      
        
          	8.3	
                  Final Repayment Date

                

        

      

      On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of
          the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

      
        
          	8.4	
                  Voluntary prepayment

                

        

      

      Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on
          the last day of an Interest Period.

      
        
          	8.5	
                  Conditions for voluntary prepayment

                

        

      

      The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a multiple of $500,000;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 Business Day's prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the
                      prepayment is to be made;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the
                      prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with; and

                

        

      

      
        27

        
          

      

      
      

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  if such prepayment results in the Loan being fully prepaid (by being refinanced by any bank or financial institution other than DVB Bank SE), the payment of
                      the applicable Prepayment Fee pursuant to Clause 8.12.

                

        

      

      
        
          	8.6	
                  Effect of notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with
          the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

      
        
          	8.7	
                  Notification of notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide
          any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).

      
        
          	8.8	
                  Mandatory prepayment

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan if the Ship is sold, refinanced by another bank or
          financial institution or becomes a Total Loss:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the
                      proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

                

        

      

      
        
          	8.9	
                  Amounts payable on prepayment

                

        

      

      A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under
          Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

      
        
          	8.10	
                  Application of partial prepayment

                

        

      

      Each partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the repayment Instalments and the Balloon
          Instalment specified in Clauses 8.1(a) and 8.1(b), respectively.

      
        
          	8.11	
                  No reborrowing

                

        

      

      No amount prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed.

      
        
          	8.12	
                  Prepayment fee

                

        

      

      If the Loan is fully prepaid (through a refinancing by any bank or financial institution other than
          the Agent) at any time during the 36-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lenders on the date on which such prepayment is effected pursuant to this Clause 8 a prepayment fee (the "Prepayment Fee") equal to the Relevant Percentage of the amount prepaid.

      
        28

        
          

      

      

      

      In this Clause 8.12, "Relevant Percentage" means:

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date falling on the first anniversary (the "First Date") thereof, 3 per cent.;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  for the period commencing on the First Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof (the "Second Date"), 2 per cent.; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  for the period commencing on the Second Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof, 1 per cent.

                

        

      

      
        
          	9	
                  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                

        

      

      
        
          	9.1	
                  Documents, fees and no default for Advance

                

        

      

      Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions
          precedent:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  that on or before the date of this Agreement, the Agent receives:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  payment of the upfront fee pursuant to Clause 20.1(a);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  that, on or prior to the Drawdown Date, the Agent receives:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  payment of all accrued commitment fee pursuant to Clause 20.1(b);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be
                      true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  there has been no material adverse change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the
                      Shareholder, any of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  a material adverse global economic or political development in connection with the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Shareholder, any of the Security
                      Parties or any other member of the Group; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance
                      Documents which the Agent may,

                

        

      

      
        29

        
          

      

      

      

      with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the
          Drawdown Date.

      
        
          	9.2	
                  Waiver of conditions precedent

                

        

      

      If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Loan to be borrowed before certain of the
          conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority
          Lenders, specify).

      
        
          	10	
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

      
        
          	10.2	
                  Status

                

        

      

      The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
          Marshall Islands, is not immune to any legal proceedings in such country of incorporation and is not the beneficiary of any legal privileges which would result in any special immunity to legal action.

      
        
          	10.3	
                  Share capital and ownership

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  The Borrower has an authorised share capital divided into 500 registered shares of $20 each, all of which shares have been issued in registered form, and
                      the legal title of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest (except for those created by the Shares Pledge) or other claim, by
                      the Shareholder.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  The Borrower is 100 per cent. owned directly or indirectly (but, if
                          indirectly, only through the Shareholder by the Corporate Guarantor unless a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change has been effected in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of Clause 19.1(k)).

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  The ultimate beneficial ownership and control of at least 50.1 per cent. of
                          the issued and outstanding: common stock of the Corporate Guarantor (and the voting rights attaching to those shares) is held, directly or indirectly, by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.4	
                  Corporate power

                

        

      

      The Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all
          consents necessary for it:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to carry out its business carried on or to be carried on by it and own its assets owned or to be owned by it;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  to execute the Contract and the Underlying Documents, to purchase and pay for the Ship thereunder and register the Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which it is a party and the
                      Underlying Documents.

                

        

      

      
        30

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	10.5	
                  Consents in force

                

        

      

      All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes
          any of them liable to revocation.

      
        
          	10.6	
                  Legal validity; pari passu ranking; admissibility in
                        evidence; effective Security Interests

                

        

      

      The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon
          execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

      
        
          	(a)	
                  be admissible in evidence and are in full force and effect;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms,
                      relate,

                

        

      

      subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

      
        
          	10.7	
                  No third party Security Interests

                

        

      

      Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each
          Finance Document:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to
                      any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.8	
                  No conflicts

                

        

      

      The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and the Underlying Documents, and the
          borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party and the Contract will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any law or regulation; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.9	
                  No withholding taxes; stamp duty

                

        

      

      All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without
          deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any

      
        31

        
          

      

      

      

      Pertinent Jurisdiction. No Finance Document is subject to any filing or stamp duty in any Pertinent
          Jurisdiction.

      
        
          	10.10	
                  No default

                

        

      

      No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

      
        
          	10.11	
                  Information

                

        

      

      All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security
          Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no
          material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

      
        
          	10.12	
                  No litigation

                

        

      

      No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower (including action relating to any alleged
          or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken.

      
        
          	10.13	
                  Validity and completeness of Underlying Documents

                

        

      

      Each Underlying Document constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to
          it in accordance with its terms; and:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the copy of each Underlying Document delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  no amendments or additions to any of the Underlying Documents have been agreed nor has any of the relevant parties waived any of their respective rights
                      under the Contract.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.14	
                  No rebates etc.

                

        

      

      Other than as disclosed to the Lenders in writing, there is no agreement or understanding to allow
          or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower, the Builder or any third party in connection with the purchase of the Ship.

      
        
          	10.15	
                  Compliance with certain undertakings

                

        

      

      At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.9 and
          11.13.

      
        
          	10.16	
                  Taxes paid

                

        

      

      The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Borrower, its
          business or its Ship.

      
        
          	10.1	
                  ISM Code and, ISPS Code and Environmental Law compliance

                

        

      

      All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and any Environmental Law as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.

      
        32

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	10.18	
                  No money laundering

                

        

      

      Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of
          the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is
          a party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii)
          that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC 2015/849/EC of the European Parliament
          and of the Council).

      
        
          	10.19	
                  Title and ownership

                

        

      

      The Borrower as from the Delivery Date shall have has good title to each of the assets owned or purported to be owned by it.

      
        
          	10.20	
                  No prior business

                

        

      

      The Borrower has not traded or carried on business prior to the date of this Agreement other than
          the entering into each Underlying Document.

      
        
          	10.21	
                  Employees and pension scheme obligations

                

        

      

      The Borrower has no employees nor obligations in respect of any pensions scheme save for, and in
          relation to, the master, officers and crew of the Ship.

      
        
          	10.22	
                  Submission to jurisdiction and choice of laws

                

        

      

      Each submission to jurisdiction, and choice of law, by the Borrower contained in any Finance
          Document is effective.

      
        
          	10.23	
                  No adverse consequences in jurisdiction of incorporation

                

        

      

      The Lenders, nor any of them, will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled, carrying on business or
          subject to taxation, in the Marshall Islands by reason only of the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance, enforcement of, and/or receipt of any payment due from the Borrower under any Finance Document.

      
        
          	10.24	
                  Accounting reference date

                

        

      

      The accounting reference date for the Borrower is 31 December.

      
        
          	10.25	
                  Sanctions

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Neither the Borrower nor any Security Party:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  and no director or officer or to the best of its knowledge employee, of the
                          Borrower or a Security Party, is a Prohibited Person;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or
                          for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or

                

        

      

      
        33

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  owns or controls a Prohibited Person.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to
                          or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10.26	
                  US Tax Obligor

                

        

      

      Neither the
              Borrower nor any Security Party is a US Tax Obligor.

      
        
          	10.27	
                  10.25Repetition of representations
                      and warranties

                

        

      

      The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 would be true and not misleading if
          repeated on the first day of each Interest Period.

      
        
          	11	
                  GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

                

        

      

      
        
          	11.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this
          Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.

      
        
          	11.2	
                  Title; negative pledge and subordination

                

        

      

      The Borrower will:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  as from the Delivery Date, hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in its Ship, the Insurances and Earnings in respect of the Ship, free
                      from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  procure that every person to whom that Borrower's other present and future unsecured liabilities (except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by
                      law) are owed fully subordinates (in a manner acceptable to the Agent) its rights in respect of such liabilities to those of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11.3	
                  No disposal of assets.

                

        

      

      The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,

                

        

      

      but paragraph (a) does not apply to any charter of the Ship as to which Clause 14.13 applies.

      
        34

        
          

      

      

      

      For the purposes of paragraph (a), "a substantial part of its assets" means at least 49 per cent. of the assets or revenue of the Borrower.

      
        
          	11.4	
                  No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred

                

        

      

      The Borrower will not incur any Financial Indebtedness, liability or obligation except:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  liabilities and obligations under each Underlying Document and the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating and chartering the Ship.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11.5	
                  Information provided to be accurate

                

        

      

      All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower
          under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Underlying Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

      
        
          	11.6	
                  Provision of financial statements

                

        

      

      The Borrower will send or procure these are sent to the Agent:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of their respective financial years:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the annual audited unaudited accounts of the Borrower for that financial year, duly certified as to their
                          correctness by an officer or any other authorised signatory of the Borrower; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the annual audited combined consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor for that financial year;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each six-month period of the each
                      financial year of the Borrower, the individual
                      semi-annual combined unaudited accounts (of the Borrower for that six-month period) of the Corporate Guarantor.; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 da s after the end of
                          each three-month period of each financial year of the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Corporate Guarantor for that three-month period.

                

        

      

      The accounts
              required to be provided by the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor under this Clause 11.6 shall include, or shall be supplemented by, updated details of all off balance sheets and time charter hire commitments.

      To the extent that
              the financial statements and other information required to be provided by the Borrower of the Corporate Guarantor to the Agent under this Clause 11.6 are published on the internet by, or on behalf of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor,
              such statements and information must be made immediately available to the Agent and in any event within 5 Business Days of such publication.

      
        35

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	11.7	
                  Form of financial statements

                

        

      

      All accounts delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and generally acceptable accounting standards-GAAP
                      consistently applied;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Group at the date of those accounts and of its or their profit
                      for the period to which those accounts relate; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Group.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11.8	
                  Shareholder and creditor notices

                

        

      

      The Borrower will send to the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all
          communications which are despatched to the Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.

      
        
          	11.9	
                  Consents and compliance with laws

                

        

      

      The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified
          copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  for the Borrower to perform its obligations under each Underlying Document and any Finance Document to which it is a party;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  for the validity or enforceability of each Underlying Document and any Finance Document to which it is a party;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  for the Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship and any other asset owned by it, and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  (without prejudice to its other obligations under the Finance Documents), for the Borrower to comply in all respects, with all laws and regulations to which
                      it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and all intellectual property laws,

                

        

      

      and the Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.

      
        
          	11.10	
                  Maintenance of Security Interests

                

        

      

      The Borrower will:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  at its own cost, do all that it is necessary to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it
                      purports to create; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority
                      in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or
                      has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or

                

        

      

      
        36

        
          

      

      

      

      admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it
          creates.

      
        
          	11.11	
                  Notification of litigation

                

        

      

      The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving
          the Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager or the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal
          or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

      
        
          	11.12	
                  No amendment or termination of any Underlying Document

                

        

      

      The Borrower will not terminate or agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to
          enforce, any Underlying Document or any of its provisions.

      
        
          	11.13	
                  Principal place of business

                

        

      

      The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at
          the address disclosed to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement; and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any country other than the Marshall Islands or Greece the United Kingdom or the United States of America.

      
        
          	11.14	
                  Confirmation of no default

                

        

      

      The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on
          the Agent a notice which is signed by one director an officer
          of the Borrower and which:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

                

        

      

      The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so
          by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 51 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 51 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under
          Clause 11.15.

      
        
          	11.15	
                  Notification of default

                

        

      

      The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,

                

        

      

      and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

      
        
          	11.16	
                  Provision of further information

                

        

      

      The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any
          additional financial or other information relating:

      
        37

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to the Borrower, the Shareholder, any other Security Party, the
                      Group, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances (including, without limitation, balance sheets and details of charter-hire commitments); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

                

        

      

      which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender at any time.

      
        
          	11.17	
                  Minimum Liquidity

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall maintain in the Earnings Account as from the Drawdown Date and at all times
          thereafter aggregate balances in an amount of not less than $500,000 (the "Minimum Liquidity").

      
        
          	11.18	
                  Provision of copies and translation of documents

                

        

      

      The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to
          above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

      
        
          	11.19	
                  "Know your customer" checks

                

        

      

      If:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this
                      Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such
                      assignment or transfer,

                

        

      

      obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to
          comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or
          procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of
          any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or
          other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

      
        
          	11.20	
                  Bank account statements

                

        

      

      The Borrower will procure that the Agent is sent at its request all of the bank statements for the
          Earnings Account (with such statements to be, if available, in electronic format).

      
        38

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	11.21	
                  No petition for insolvency

                

        

      

      The Borrower will procure that none of its material creditors petition for the Borrower's
          insolvency nor take any related proceedings.

      
        
          	11.22	
                  Separateness

                

        

      

      The Borrower will:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  keep its own separate books and records;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  maintain its own separate accounts;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  not co-mingle its assets with any other person;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  conduct business in its own name;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  observe all corporate and other formalities required by its constitutional documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  prepare its own separate financial statements;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  pay its liabilities out of its own funds;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  maintain adequate capital for the business carried out or to be carried out by it;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(I)	
                  not pledge the Lenders' credit;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(j)	
                  (if applicable) use its own separate stationery, invoices and cheque books;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(k)	
                  hold itself out as a separate legal entity; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(l)	
                  correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11.23	
                  No VAT group

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not be a member of a VAT (value added tax) group.

      
        
          	11.24	
                  Environmental compliance

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  comply with all Environmental Laws;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

                

        

      

      where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

      
        
          	11.25	
                  Environmental claims

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall,
              and shall procure that each Security Party will promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

      
        39

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current,
                          pending or threatened; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any
                          Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

                

        

      

      where the claim, if
              determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

      
        
          	11.26	
                  Securitisation

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall,
              and shall procure that each Security Party (other than the Approved Manager) will, assist the Agent and/or any Lender in achieving a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) in respect of the Loan and the Finance Documents and the
              Borrower's or such Security Party's reasonable costs for providing such assistance shall be met by the relevant Lender.

      
        
          	12	
                  CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

                

        

      

      
        
          	12.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of
          this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing (in the case of Clause 12.3(b)), such permission not to be unreasonably withheld if:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Borrower is in compliance with all its covenants under the Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Ship is trading under, and in accordance with, the Approved
                          Charterparty;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  (c)the payment of a dividend would not result in the
                      Minimum Liquidity falling below $1,500,000; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  (d)(the payment of a dividend would not result in the
                      Security Cover Ratio falling below 167 per cent.),

                

        

      

      
        
          	12.2	
                  Maintenance of status

                

        

      

      The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the
          laws of the Marshall Islands.

      
        
          	12.3	
                  Negative undertakings

                

        

      

      The Borrower will not:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  subject to the provisions of Clause 12.1, pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of
                      share capital; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  a person, including without limitation the Corporate Guarantor, who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's share or loan capital; or

                

        

      

      
        40

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,

                

        

      

      or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any
          respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

      
        
          	(d)	
                  open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Account Bank or the Agent for the purposes of the Finance
                      Documents; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or
                      enter into any transaction in a derivative; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation (except in the case of a reorganisation arising in connection with a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change and subject to Clause 19.1(k)); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  change its constitutional documents; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(i)	
                  employ and will procure that the Ship is not employed nor suffer the Ship's employment:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  in breach of any embargo or sanction or prohibited order (or any
                          similar order or directive) of: Sanctions; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  in any trade, carriage of goods or business in any manner contrary to
                          Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on the Borrower, any Security Party or any operator of the Ship) or in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or
                          exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  the United States Nations Security Council;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  the European Union;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(C)	
                  the United Kingdom; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(D)	
                  the United States of America;

                

        

      

      as

              they apply to their members or nationals; or

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  in any trade, carriage of good or business which is forbidden by,
                          United Kingdom or United States of America law as they apply to their members or nationals, or any law applicable to the Borrower, any Approved Charterer, any operator of the Ship owned by the Borrower, or any country which the
                          Ship may visit; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  in carrying illicit or prohibited goods; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

                

        

      

      
        41

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13	
                  INSURANCE

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply (as from the Delivery Date and at all times thereafter) with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with
          the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

      
        
          	13.2	
                  Maintenance of obligatory insurances

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Borrower against:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery (hull interest) and excess risks);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  war risks;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard Club Rules, covered by a Protection and
                      Indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading
                      provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Security
                      Trustee;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  freight, demurrage and defence risks; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would
                      in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to the Borrower.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.3	
                  Terms of obligatory insurances

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall effect such insurances:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in Dollars;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis equal to the greater of (i) 120 per cent. of the Loan and
                      (ii) the Market Value of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available (currently being
                      $1,000,000,000) under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  in relation to protection and indemnity and freight, demurrage and defence risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  on approved terms; and

                

        

      

      
        42

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in
                      approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.4	
                  Further protections for the Creditor Parties

                

        

      

      In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory
          insurances shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  name the Borrower as the named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against
                      it); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following
                      discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it,

                

        

      

      and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it
          requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and
          information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

      
        
          	(b)	
                  name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off,
                      counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or
                      any other Creditor Party; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.5	
                  Renewal of obligatory insurances

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrower
                      proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

                

        

      

      
        43

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant
                      to paragraph (a); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after
                      the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.6	
                  Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma
          copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause
                      13.4;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received
                      notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by the Borrower under such obligatory insurances any
                      premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other
                      amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by
                      the Security Trustee.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.7	
                  Copies of certificates of entry

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which
          the Ship is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  a copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying
                      authority in relation to the Ship.

                

        

      

      
        44

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	13.8	
                  Deposit of original policies

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with
          the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

      
        
          	13.9	
                  Payment of premiums

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory
          insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

      
        
          	13.10	
                  Guarantees

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks
          association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

      
        
          	13.11	
                  Compliance with terms of insurances

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not do and shall not omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any
          act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  it shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without
                      limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  it shall not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of
                      the obligatory insurances without first obtaining the consent of the insurers;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  it Borrower shall make all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship
                      is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  it shall not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without
                      first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.12	
                  Alteration to terms of insurances

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall neither make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory
          insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

      
        
          	13.13	
                  Settlement of claims

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for
          Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the
          obligatory insurances.

      
        45

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	13.14	
                  Provision of copies of communications

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, when so required by the Security Trustee in
          writing, copies of all written material communications between the Borrower and:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the approved brokers;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional
                      premiums or calls;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or
                      maintenance of the obligatory insurances; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  a claim under any obligatory insurances of the Ship.

                

        

      

      
        
          	13.15	
                  Provision of information

                

        

      

      In addition, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may
          designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be
                      effected; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any
                      such insurances,

                

        

      

      and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all
          fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

      
        
          	13.16	
                  Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and political risks insurances

                

        

      

      The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew all or any
          of the following insurances (including, without limitation, mortgagee's political risks insurance and mortgagee's rights insurance), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time
          consider appropriate:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses
                      under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to the Ship or a liability of the Ship or of the Borrower, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an
                      obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  any act or omission on the part of the Borrower, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of the Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of the
                      Borrower or of

                

        

      

      
        46

        
          

      

      

      

      any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to
          such obligatory insurance;

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Borrower, any other person referred to in paragraph (i)
                      above, or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of the Ship and/or the Ship being unseaworthy; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan as may be required by the Security Trustee providing for the
                      indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of the Ship, the
                      imposition of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy whether or not similar to the foregoing,

                

        

      

      and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Creditor Parties in respect of all premiums
          and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

      
        
          	13.17	
                  Review of insurance requirements

                

        

      

      The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to
          time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), significant and capable of affecting the Borrower, the
          Ship and its Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrower may be subject) and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of
          all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Agent in appointing an independent marine insurance broker or adviser to conduct such review.

      
        
          	13.18	
                  Modification of insurance requirements

                

        

      

      The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to
          the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee reasonably consider appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower as an amendment to this
          Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.

      
        
          	13.19	
                  Compliance with Security Trustee's instructions

                

        

      

      The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights
          which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrower implements any amendments to the terms of
          the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.

      
        47

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	14	
                  SHIP COVENANTS

                

        

      

      
        
          	14.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of
          this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period (as from the Delivery Date and at all times thereafter) except as the Agent, with the
          authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing.

      
        
          	14.2	
                  Ship's name and registration

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall keep the Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit
          to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship.

      
        
          	14.3	
                  Repair and classification

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  so as to maintain the highest class with Bureau Veritas or any other first-class classification society which is a member of IACS and acceptable to the
                      Agent free of outstanding and overdue recommendations and conditions; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the relevant Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any
                      jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

                

        

      

      
        
          	14.4	
                  Classification society undertaking

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall instruct (by sending a letter in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part A) the
          classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee by entering into an undertaking substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part B):

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held
                      by the classification society in relation to the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the
                      Ship either (i) electronically (through the classification society directly or by way of indirect access via the Borrower's account manager and designating the Agent as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii)
                      in person at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing (at: dbg@dvbbank.comTLS.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.com and techcom@dvbbank.com) if the classification society:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  receives notification from the Borrower or any other person the Ship's classification society is to be changed; or

                

        

      

      
        48

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class
                      under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower's or the Ship's membership of the classification society; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the
                      foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in
                      reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

                

        

      

      
        
          	14.5	
                  Modification

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or
          equipment installed on the Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.

      
        
          	14.6	
                  Removal of parts

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on,
          the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any
          person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that the Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

      
        
          	14.7	
                  Surveys

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be
          required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey report.

      
        
          	14.8	
                  Inspection

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for
          that purpose) to board the Ship (with the cost of such inspections being for the account of the Borrower) during the Security Period without interfering with the operation of the Ship (to the effect that such operation is not adversely affected
          as a result of the inspections) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided no Event of Default has occurred the Borrower shall not have
          to pay for more than one inspection per calendar year.

      
        
          	14.9	
                  Prevention of and release from arrest

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly discharge:

      
        49

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances,

                

        

      

      and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of its detention in exercise or
          purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

      
        
          	14.10	
                  Compliance with laws etc.

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and maintain, or
                      procure, as the case may be, maintenance of, all necessary certificates under the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  not employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the
                      ISM Code and, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is
                      declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified
                      insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.

                

        

      

      
        
          	14.11	
                  Provision of information

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests
          regarding:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the
                      Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  any towages and salvages; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  the Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or the Ship's compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

                

        

      

      and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the
          Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance.

      
        50

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	14.12	
                  Notification of certain events

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by fax, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings or any requisition of the Ship for hire;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  any intended dry docking of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

                

        

      

      and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such
          detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, the Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

      
        
          	14.13	
                  Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship (other

                          than the Approved Charterparty) for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  enter into any charter in relation to the Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  de-activate or lay up the Ship; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the
                      equivalent in any other currency)

                

        

      

      
        51

        
          

      

      

      

      unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a
          written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

      
        
          	14.14	
                  Notice of Mortgage

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority or, as
          the case may be, preferred mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is
          mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Trustee.

      
        
          	14.15	
                  Sharing of Earnings

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of
          the Ship, except for customary profit sharing provisions usually included in charterparties at the time the Ship is fixed.

      
        
          	14.16	
                  ISPS Code

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  maintain for the Ship an ISSC; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

                

        

      

      
        
          	14.17	
                  Charterparty Assignment

                

        

      

      If the Borrower enters into any Charterparty (other than in the case of an Approved Charterparty the assignment of which is contemplated pursuant to the Charterparty Assignment relative thereto and to be delivered pursuant to paragraph 1 of Part B, Schedule
              3), (subject to the Agent's approval pursuant to Clause 14.13(b)), it shall, on the date of entry into such Charterparty, execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment (other than the Charterparty Assignment in respect of the Approved Charterparty, the assignment of which shall be contemplated in the Charterparty Assignment to be provided in accordance
              with paragraph 1, Part B Schedule 3) and shall:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  serve notice of the Charterparty Assignment on the charterer and:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  if the relevant charterer is a member of the Group or an affiliate thereof, procure; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  ofif the relevant charterer is not a member of the Group or an affiliate thereof, shall use its best efforts to procure,

                

        

      

      that the charterer acknowledges such notice in such form as the Agent may approve or require; and

      
        
          	(b)	
                  deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 9 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require.

                

        

      

      
        52

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	14.18	
                  Prohibited Person

                

        

      

      The Ship is not nor will be beneficially owned directly or indirectly by a Prohibited Person, no
          Prohibited Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in any obligor, and no property subject to any security interest constituted by a finance document has been derived from any unlawful activity.

      
        
          	14.19	
                  Nuclear/Waste Material

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall not permit under any circumstances that the Ship carries any nuclear/waste
          material.

      
        
          	15	
                  SECURITY COVER

                

        

      

      
        
          	15.1	
                  Minimum required security cover

                

        

      

      Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Market Value of the Ship; plus

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,

                

        

      

      is below the Relevant Percentage.

      In this Clause 15.1, the "Relevant Percentage" means:

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  during the period commencing on the Drawdown Date and ending on the second anniversary thereof, 125 per cent.; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  at all times thereafter, 135 per cent..

                

        

      

      
        
          	15.2	
                  Provision of additional security; prepayment

                

        

      

      If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall prepay such part
          (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 30 days after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the "Prepayment Date") unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net
          realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.

      
        
          	15.3	
                  Valuation of Ship

                

        

      

      The market value of the Ship at any date is that shown by taking the arithmetic means of two
          valuations, each prepared:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  by Maritime Strategies International Ltd. (or such other Approved Broker which the Agent has appointed for the purpose) and, if so requested in writing by
                      the Borrower, an additional valuation by an Approved Broker selected by the Borrower;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);

                

        

      

      
        53

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any
                      existing charter or other contract of employment; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale,

                

        

      

      Provided

            that if, following a written request by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 15.3(b), the higher of the two valuations is more than 110 per cent. of the lower of the two valuations, then the Borrower may select and the Agent shall appoint a
          third Approved Broker to provide a valuation of the Ship in accordance with this Clause 15.3 and the Market Value of the Ship shall be the arithmetic average of all three such valuations.

      
        
          	15.4	
                  Value of additional vessel security

                

        

      

      The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which
          consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

      
        
          	15.5	
                  Valuations binding

                

        

      

      Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the
          Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

      
        
          	15.6	
                  Provision of information

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause
          15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be
          made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

      
        
          	15.7	
                  Frequency of valuations

                

        

      

      The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuation(s) of the Ship at such
          times as the Agent at its absolute discretion shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less than once during each 6-month period of the Security Period starting from the 6-month period commencing on the date falling 6-month after the date of
          this Agreement.

      
        
          	15.8	
                  Payment of valuation expenses

                

        

      

      Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and
          21.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any
          matter arising out of this Clause Provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred, the Borrower shall only be obliged to pay the fees
          and expenses for one set of valuations of the Ship carried out in each 6-month period pursuant to Clause 15.3.

      
        54

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	15.9	
                  Application of prepayment

                

        

      

      Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

      
        
          	16	
                  PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

                

        

      

      
        
          	16.1	
                  Currency and method of payments

                

        

      

      All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to
          the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other
                      manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent with HSBC Bank New York
                      (Account no. 000129879 ref FP3043261), or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

                

        

      

      
        
          	16.2	
                  Payment on non-Business Day

                

        

      

      If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is
          not a Business Day:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,

                

        

      

      and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the
          original due date.

      
        
          	16.3	
                  Basis for calculation of periodic payments

                

        

      

      All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an
          annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

      
        
          	16.4	
                  Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties

                

        

      

      Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the
                      Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as that Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than
                      5 Business Days previously; and

                

        

      

      
        55

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender
                      pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

                

        

      

      
        
          	16.5	
                  Permitted deductions by Agent

                

        

      

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may,
          before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance
          Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

      
        
          	16.6	
                  Agent only obliged to pay when monies received

                

        

      

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent
          shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

      
        
          	16.7	
                  Refund to Agent of monies not received

                

        

      

      If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without
          first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by
                      the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

                

        

      

      
        
          	16.8	
                  Agent may assume receipt

                

        

      

      Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and
          applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

      
        
          	16.9	
                  Creditor Party accounts

                

        

      

      Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and
          each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

      
        
          	16.10	
                  Agent's memorandum account

                

        

      

      The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all
          other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

      
        56

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	16.11	
                  Accounts prima facie evidence

                

        

      

      If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower
          or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

      
        
          	17	
                  APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

                

        

      

      
        
          	17.1	
                  Normal order of application

                

        

      

      Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by
          any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts
                      referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar
                      provision in any other Finance Document);

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance
                      Documents but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Creditor Parties at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  thirdly, in or towards satisfaction of the Loan;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower,
                      the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with
                      the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower.

                

        

      

      
        
          	17.2	
                  Variation of order of application

                

        

      

      The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the
          Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

      
        
          	17.3	
                  Notice of variation of order of application

                

        

      

      The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.1 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to
          apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

      
        57

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	17.4	
                  Appropriation rights overridden

                

        

      

      This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.1 shall override any right of
          appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

      
        
          	18	
                  APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

                

        

      

      
        
          	18.1	
                  Payment of Earnings

                

        

      

      The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period
          (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings are paid to the Earnings Account.

      
        
          	18.2	
                  Location of accounts

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  comply with any requirement of the Agent or, as the case may be, the Account Bank as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off,
                      consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Account.

                

        

      

      
        
          	18.3	
                  Debits for expenses etc.

                

        

      

      The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to instruct the Account Bank to
          debit the Earnings Accounts Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20
          or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.

      
        
          	19	
                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                

        

      

      
        
          	19.1	
                  Events of Default

                

        

      

      An Event of Default occurs if:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  The Borrower or any Security Party (other than the Approved Manager)
                      fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.17, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 13.5 or 15.2 or clause 11.18 of the Corporate Guarantee; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which,
                      in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a
                      Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

                

        

      

      
        58

        
          

      

      
        
          
            	(e)	
                    any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document
                        or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

                  

          

        

        
          
            	(f)	
                    any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Shareholder any member of the Group:

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(i)	
                    any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or the
                            Shareholder any member of the Group is not paid when due; or

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(ii)	
                    any Financial Indebtednes of the Borrower or the
                            Shareholder any member of the Group becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any
                        event of default; or

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(iii)	
                    a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Shareholder any member of the Group is terminated by the lessor or
                        owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(iv)	
                    any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or
                        other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Shareholder any member of the Group ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is
                        required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(v)	
                    any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of the
                            Borrower or the Shareholder-any member of the Group becomes enforceable; or,

                  

          

        

        Provided
                that no Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (f) of Clause 19.1 in respect of the Group taken as a whole other than the Borrower if the
                aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (v) above
                in respect of the Group taken as a whole (other than the Borrower) is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency); or

        
          
            	(g)	
                    any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person or
                            the Charterer or Charterparty Performance Guarantor (provided that, following the occurrence of any of the following events with reference to the Charterer, the Borrower will have a grace period of thirty (30) days to replace
                            the Approved Charterparty with another Charterparty acceptable to the Majority Lenders):

                  

          

        

        
          
            	

                  	(i)	
                    a Relevant Person or the Charterer
                        becomes, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

                  

          

        

      

      
        	

              	(ii)	
                any assets of a Relevant Person or the Charterer are
                    subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) (other than an arrest or
                        sequestration of the Ship in which case paragraph (b) of Clause 8.8 shall apply) (having, in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, an aggregate value in excess of $500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency)) and is not
                        discharged within 14 days; or

                

              

      

      

      

      
         

      

      
        59

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person or the Charterer; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person or the Charterer;
                      or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person or the
                            Charterer is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or the Charterer or by the directors of a Relevant Person or the Charterer
                      or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person or the Charterer; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(vi)	
                  a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person or
                            the Charterer, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or the
                          Charterer or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person or the Charterer; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(vii)	
                  a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by
                      (aa) a Relevant Person or the Charterer, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person or the Charterer, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which
                      together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person or the Charterer, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a
                      view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the Charterer or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person or the
                          Charterer, or that or another Relevant Person or the Charterer ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent
                      winding up of a Relevant Person or the Charterer other than the Borrower, the Shareholder or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not
                      later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(viii)	
                  an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a
                      Relevant Person or the Charterer (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person or the Charterer)
                      for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the Charterer or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person or the Charterer
                      in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law
                      procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the
                      other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person or the Charterer will continue to carry on
                      business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ix)	
                  a Relevant Person or the Charterer or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an
                      application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person or the Charterer, any form of

                

        

      

      
        60

        
          

      

      

      

      moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or
          arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of
          documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

      
        
          	

                	(x)	
                  any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person or the charterer is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs
                      (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions
                      materialise or fail to materialise; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(xi)	
                  in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the
                      Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  the Borrower or any Security Party ceases or suspends carrying
                      on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement or any other
                          Finance Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(i)	
                  it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders
                      consider material under a Finance Document;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance
                      Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(j)	
                  any consent necessary to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any
                      provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or the Contract is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not
                      fulfilled; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(k)	
                  it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent a
                          change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in the Security Parties or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of
                          those shares; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(k)	
                  it appears to the Lenders that, without their prior written consent, the
                          Borrower or the Shareholder is not or ceases to be a 100 per cent. directly or indirectly owned subsidiary of the Corporate Guarantor, unless, in connection with a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change, the Ultimate
                          Beneficial Owner becomes the ultimate, direct or indirect, legal and beneficial holder of 100 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower, subject to:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Ultimate Beneficial Owner giving at least 30 days' prior written notice
                          to the Agent of its intention to make a Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change, including full details of the entity wholly beneficially owned by the Ultimate Beneficial Owner which would become the new legal and direct
                          owner of all the issued share capital of

                

        

      

      
        61

        
          

      

      

      

      the Borrower in
              place of the Shareholder pursuant to the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change (the "New Shareholder");

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in their sole
                          discretion) giving its written consent to such Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change and approving the New Shareholder;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  the Ultimate Beneficial Owner becoming the ultimate beneficial owner, and
                          the New Shareholder becoming the legal and direct owner, of all of the issued share capital of the Borrower simultaneously;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  the New Shareholder providing security over the share capital of the
                          Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in form and substance in all respects satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in their sole discretion) on the date on which the Permitted Ultimate
                          Beneficial Ownership Change is effected; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  the Borrower and the Security Parties executing and delivering to the Agent
                          by no later than the date on which the Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change is effected, an agreement or deed in form and substance in all respects satisfactory to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders
                          in their sole discretion) amending supplementing and or restating this Agreement and the other Finance Documents for the purpose of implementing any amendments which the Creditor Parties may deed necessary in connection with the
                          Permitted Ultimate Beneficial Ownership Change and this paragraph (k) of Clause 19.1;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(l)	
                  it appears to the Lenders that, without their prior written consent:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Ultimate Beneficial Owner ceases to be the direct or indirect beneficial
                          owner of at least 50.1 per cent. of the issued and outstanding common stock (and the ultimate voting rights attaching to such stock) of the Corporate Guarantor or ceases to control directly or indirectly the Corporate Guarantor.

                

        

      

      For the purpose of sub-paragraph (i) above "control" means the power (whether by way of ownership
            of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  cast, or control the casting of, more than 50.1 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Corporate
                        Guarantor; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Corporate Guarantor; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(C)	
                  give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Corporate Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of
                        the Corporate Guarantor are obliged to comply; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the Ultimate Beneficial Owner ceases to be the chairman of the board of
                          directors and/or the chief executive officer of the Corporate Guarantor; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  the shares of the Corporate Guarantor cease to be listed on the Nasdaq Stock
                          Market or another stock exchange acceptable to the Lenders; or

                

        

      

      
        62

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(m)	
                  (l)any provision which the Majority Lenders consider
                      material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to
                      have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(n)	
                  (m)the security constituted by a Finance Document is in
                      any way imperilled or in jeopardy;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(o)	
                  (n)any Charterparty is terminated or rescinded prior to
                      its contractual termination date or for any reason ceases to remain in full force and effect prior to its contractual termination date and is not replaced within thirty (30) days with a Charterparty acceptable to the Majority Lenders;
                      or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(p)	
                  (o)any other event occurs or any other circumstances
                      arise or develop including, without limitation:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of any Relevant Person or any member of the Group; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the Approved Flag State in which the Ship is registered is affected by instability (as determined by the Agent in its absolute discretion) and the Borrower
                      fails to promptly re-flag the Ship on a different Approved Flag; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  any accident or any Environmental Incident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person, a Security Party or a member of the Group; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iv)	
                  a material adverse global economic or political development in connection with any Relevant Person, a Security Party or a member of the Group; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(v)	
                  a material adverse development in the international money and capital markets,

                

        

      

      in the light of which:

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  the Arranger considers that there is or will be a significant risk to the syndication of the Loan; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  the Majority Lenders consider that there is a significant risk that the Borrower or any Security Party is, or will later become, unable to discharge its
                      liabilities under the Finance Documents to which each is a party as they fall due.

                

        

      

      
        
          	19.2	
                  Actions following an Event of Default

                

        

      

      On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement
                      are cancelled; and/or

                

        

      

      
        63

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this
                      Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled
                      to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any
                      action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent, the Arranger and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable
                      law.

                

        

      

      
        
          	19.3	
                  Termination of Commitments

                

        

      

      On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of
          each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

      
        
          	19.4	
                  Acceleration of Loan

                

        

      

      On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, the part of the
          Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the
          case may be, payable on demand.

      
        
          	19.5	
                  Multiple notices; action without notice

                

        

      

      The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates
          and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

      
        
          	19.6	
                  Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

                

        

      

      The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the
          text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other
          person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

      
        
          	19.7	
                  Lenders' rights unimpaired

                

        

      

      Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to
          individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

      
        
          	19.8	
                  Exclusion of Creditor Party liability

                

        

      

      No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any
          liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

      
        64

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to
                      exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a
                      Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

                

        

      

      except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for
          losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.

      
        
          	19.9	
                  Relevant Persons

                

        

      

      In this Clause 19, a "Relevant Person" means the Borrower, the Shareholderand ,the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party (other than the Approved Manager).

      
        
          	19.10	
                  Interpretation

                

        

      

      In Clause 19.1(f), references to an event of default or a termination event include any event,
          howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g), "petition" includes an application.

      
        
          	20	
                  FEES AND EXPENSES

                

        

      

      
        
          	20.1	
                  Upfront and commitment fees

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall

              pay has paid to the Agent:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a non-refundable upfront fee of $350,000 on or before the date of this Agreement; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a commitment fee at the rate of 1.35 per cent. per annum on the undrawn amount of the Total Commitments, during the period from (and including) the date of
                      this Agreement up to the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period (or such later date as the Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall agree), such commitment fee to be payable
                      quarterly in arrears during such period and on the last day thereof.

                

        

      

      
        
          	20.2	
                  Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent
          or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document (including, but
          not limited to, any costs incurred by the Agent in connection with the insurance opinion to be provided to it in accordance with paragraph 13 of Part B, Schedule 3).

      
        
          	20.3	
                  Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party
          concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

      
        65

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request
                      for such a consent or waiver;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  where the Security Trustee, in its absolute opinion, considers that there has been a material change to the insurances in respect of the Ship, the review of
                      the insurances of the Ship pursuant to Clause 13.17;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  any step taken by the Creditor Party concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance
                      Document or for any similar purpose.

                

        

      

      There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or
          not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

      
        
          	20.4	
                  Documentary taxes

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and
          shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

      
        
          	20.5	
                  Certification of amounts

                

        

      

      A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount,
          or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie
          evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

      
        
          	21	
                  INDEMNITIES

                

        

      

      
        
          	21.1	
                  Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security
          Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as
          a result of or in connection with:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

                

        

      

      
        66

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand
                      (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrower or any other Security Party and sent to the Lenders being made or delivered
                      fraudulently or without due authorisation (together with VAT on any losses so incurred); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19,

                

        

      

      and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income or a FATCA Deduction) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any
          Finance Document.

      
        
          	21.2	
                  Breakage costs

                

        

      

      Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss,
          including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue
                      amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity
                      or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the
                      liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

                

        

      

      
        
          	21.3	
                  Miscellaneous indemnities

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in
          respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arranger or
                      any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any other Pertinent Matter,

                

        

      

      other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and
          mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

      Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and
          losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Codeor, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions.

      
        67

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	21.4	
                  Currency indemnity

                

        

      

      If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document
          or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the "Contractual Currency") into another currency (the "Payment Currency") for the purpose of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  enforcing any such order or judgment,

                

        

      

      the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount
          of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

      In this Clause 21.4, the "available rate of exchange" means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the
          Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

      This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other
          liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

      
        
          	21.5	
                  Certification of amounts

                

        

      

      A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount,
          or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie
          evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

      
        
          	21.6	
                  Sums deemed due to a Lender

                

        

      

      For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
          Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

      
        
          	22	
                  NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

                

        

      

      
        
          	22.1	
                  No deductions

                

        

      

      All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

                

        

      

      
        
          	22.2	
                  Grossing-up for taxes

                

        

      

      If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

      
        68

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any
                      liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

                

        

      

      
        
          	22.3	
                  Evidence of payment of taxes

                

        

      

      Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower concerned shall deliver to the Agent
          documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

      
        
          	22.4	
                  Exclusion of tax on overall net income

                

        

      

      In this Clause 22 "tax deduction" means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income or a FATCA Deduction.

      
        
          	22.5	
                  FATCA Information

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of
                          a reasonable request by another Party:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  confirm to that other Party whether it is:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  a FATCA Exempt Party; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information
                          relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information
                          relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of
                          paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Part that Part shall not that other Part reasonably promptly.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything and
                          sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  any law or regulation;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  any fiduciary duty; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  any duty of confidentiality.

                

        

      

      
        69

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  If a Part fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Part or to
                          supply forms documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be
                          treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other
                          information.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor. or the Agent reasonably believes that
                          its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within 10 Business Days of the date of a request from the Agent supply to the Agent:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(A)	
                  a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form;
                          or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(B)	
                  any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the
                          Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  The Agent shall provide an withholding certificate withholding statement
                          document authorisation or waiver it receives from a gender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the Borrower.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document,
                          authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate,
                          withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent. The Agent shall provide an such updated withholding
                          certificate withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrower.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(h)	
                  The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement,
                          document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e).
                          (f) or (g) above.

                

        

      

      
        
          	22.6	
                  FATCA Deduction

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and
                          any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction and no Part shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that
                          FATCA Deduction.

                

        

      

      Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is an change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the
              Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Creditor Parties.

      
        
          	23	
                  ILLEGALITY, ETC.

                

        

      

      
        
          	23.1	
                  Illegality

                

        

      

      This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the "Notifying Lender") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

      
        70

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is
                      or will be interpreted or applied; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

                

        

      

      for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement
          in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

      
        
          	23.2	
                  Notification of illegality

                

        

      

      The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the
          other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

      
        
          	23.3	
                  Prepayment; termination of Commitment

                

        

      

      On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall
          terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in
          accordance with Clause 8.

      
        
          	23.4	
                  Mitigation

                

        

      

      If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any
          way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or
          financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

                

        

      

      
        
          	24	
                  INCREASED COSTS

                

        

      

      
        
          	24.1	
                  Increased costs

                

        

      

      This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the "Notifying Lender") notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is
                      interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying
                      Lender allocates capital resources

                

        

      

      
        71

        
          

      

      

      

      to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or
          application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

      (c)the

          implementation or application of or compliance with the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004, in the form existing on
          the date of this Agreement (the "Basel II Accord") or any other law or regulation which implements the Basel II Accord or any of the
          approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel II Accord as well as "the international framework for liquidity risk
              measurement, standards and monitoring" and (i) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III:
              International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010,
              each as amended, supplemented or restated, (ii) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks; assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published
              by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated and (iii) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III” (“Basel III Accord”) or any other law or regulation
              implementing the Basel III Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel III Accord, and in each case as from time to time implemented by any Creditor Party (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, supervising authority, the Notifying Lender or its holding company) but only to
            the extent that Creditor Party determines it did and/or would have incurred the same level of increased cost as at the date of this Agreement and by reference to the facts and circumstances prevailing at that time,

      the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an "increased cost".

      
        
          	24.2	
                  Meaning of "increased costs"

                

        

      

      In this Clause 24, "increased costs" means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this
                      Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its
                      Contribution or other unpaid sums;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the
                      Notifying Lender or on its capital;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the
                      Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under
                      this Agreement,

                

        

      

      but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the
          Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or a FATCA Deduction.

      
        72

        
          

      

      

      

      For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread
          costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

      
        
          	24.3	
                  Notification to the Borrower of claim for increased costs

                

        

      

      The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent
          received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

      
        
          	24.4	
                  Payment of increased costs

                

        

      

      The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender
          the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

      
        
          	24.5	
                  Notice of prepayment

                

        

      

      If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased
          cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

      
        
          	24.6	
                  Prepayment; termination of Commitment

                

        

      

      A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying
          Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution,
                      together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

                

        

      

      
        
          	24.7	
                  Application of prepayment

                

        

      

      Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

      
        
          	25	
                  SET-OFF

                

        

      

      
        
          	25.1	
                  Application of credit balances

                

        

      

      Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country
                      of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  for that purpose:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

                

        

      

      
        73

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

                

        

      

      
        
          	25.2	
                  Existing rights unaffected

                

        

      

      No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those
          rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

      
        
          	25.3	
                  Sums deemed due to a Lender

                

        

      

      For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
          Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to
          such Lender.

      
        
          	25.4	
                  No Security Interest

                

        

      

      This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create
          any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

      
        
          	26	
                  TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

                

        

      

      
        
          	26.1	
                  Transfer by the Borrower

                

        

      

      The Borrower may not transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance
          Document.

      
        
          	26.2	
                  Transfer by a Lender

                

        

      

      Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the “Transferor Lender”) may at any time, with the consent of the Borrower or any Security Party (such consent not
              to be unreasonably withheld), cause:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  a combination of (a) and (b),

                

        

      

      to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by,
          another bank or financial institution or a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a "Transferee Lender") by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent
          (a "Transfer Certificate") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

      However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security
          Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

      Any transfer made by a Transferor Lender pursuant to this Clause 26.2 shall require the prior consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and the

      
        74

        
          

      

      

      

      Borrower

              shall be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Transferor Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time), unless the transfer is:

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  to another Lender or an affiliate of a Lender;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  if the Transferee Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  made after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

                

        

      

      
        
          	26.3	
                  Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification

                

        

      

      As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall
          (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

      
        
          	(a)	
                  sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a
                      copy of it; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above,

                

        

      

      but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the
          Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

      
        
          	26.4	
                  Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

                

        

      

      A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate
          as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

      
        
          	26.5	
                  No transfer without Transfer Certificate

                

        

      

      Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a
          Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

      
        
          	26.6	
                  Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate

                

        

      

      However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which
          all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of
          the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

      
        
          	26.7	
                  Effect of Transfer Certificate

                

        

      

      A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

      
        75

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by
                      virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor
                      Lender;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the
                      Transfer Certificate;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about
                      pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating
                      to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the
                      same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not
                      existed;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not
                      limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection
                      with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have
                      incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

                

        

      

      The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are
          not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

      
        
          	26.8	
                  Maintenance of register of Lenders

                

        

      

      During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name,
          Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent
          shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.

      
        
          	26.9	
                  Reliance on register of Lenders

                

        

      

      The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining
          the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and

      
        76

        
          

      

      

      

      the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties
          to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

      
        
          	26.10	
                  Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates

                

        

      

      The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer
          Certificates on its behalf.

      
        
          	26.11	
                  Registration fee

                

        

      

      In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee
          of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.

      
        
          	26.12	
                  Sub-participation; securitisation; subrogation assignment

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  A Lender may sub-participate or include in a securitisation or similar transaction all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection
                      with the Finance Documents with the consent of the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee or
                      any other Creditor Party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an
                      insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party shall, do everything desirable or necessary to assist a Lender to achieve a successful (in
                      the opinion of that Lender) securitisation (or similar transaction) Provided only that the Borrower's third party costs are met
                      by the relevant Lender.

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  The Borrower's consent referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not be:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  unreasonably withheld or delayed (and the Borrower shall be deemed to have
                          given its consent five Business Days after the Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time); and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  required if the sub-participation, securitisation or similar transaction is
                          made in any of the circumstances described in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Clause 26.2.

                

        

      

      
        
          	26.13	
                  Disclosure of information

                

        

      

      In relation to any information which a Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any
          Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Lender may disclose any such information without the prior irrevocable authorisation of or notice to the Borrower or any Security Party to:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a potential transferee lender, sub-participant, affiliate, any other assignee or transferee or any other person who may propose entering into a contractual
                      relation with that Lender in relation to this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to Clause 26.12(a); and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  any direct or indirect subsidiary, any direct or indirect parent company (including, for the avoidance of doubt in the case of the DVB Group, DZ Bank A.G.),
                      any affiliate or any other company in its group; and/or

                

        

      

      
        77

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  any authorities (including, without limitation, any private, public or internationally recognised authorities) or any party to any Finance Document or any
                      professional adviser to that Lender; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  a rating agency or their professional advisors; and/or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  any other person regarding the funding, refinancing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation, operational arrangement or other transaction in relation
                      thereto including without limitation any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of that Lender's rights and obligations,

                

        

      

      and including, without limitation, (x) for purposes in connection with (1) any enforcement or (2)
          assignment or transfer of that Lender's rights or obligations under any Finance Document or (y) to the extent desirable or necessary in connection with or in contemplation of a securitisation (or similar transaction).

      
        
          	26.14	
                  Change of lending office

                

        

      

      A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become
          effective on the later of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

                

        

      

      
        
          	26.15	
                  Notification

                

        

      

      On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and,
          until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

      
        
          	26.16	
                  Replacement of Reference Bank

                

        

      

      If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations
          for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or
          not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.

      
        
          	26.17	
                  Security over Lenders' rights

                

        

      

      In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without
          consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance
          Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

                

        

      

      
        78

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of
                      holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

                

        

      

      except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security
                      Interest for that Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or
                      granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

                

        

      

      
        
          	27	
                  VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

                

        

      

      
        
          	27.1	
                  Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders

                

        

      

      Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any
          provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority
          Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

      
        
          	27.2	
                  Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders

                

        

      

      However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of
          the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender":

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a reduction in the Margin;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  an increase in any Lender's Commitment;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  a change to the definition of "Majority Lenders";

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(g)	
                  any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.

                

        

      

      
        
          	27.3	
                  Exclusion of other or implied variations

                

        

      

      Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2 no document, and no
          act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting
          on behalf of any of them) being

      
        79

        
          

      

      

      

      taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded
          (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  an Event of Default; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

                

        

      

      and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such
          provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

      
        
          	28	
                  NOTICES

                

        

      

      
        
          	28.1	
                  General

                

        

      

      Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document
          shall be given by letter or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

      
        
          	28.2	
                  Addresses for communications

                

        

      

      A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:

      	
              (a)

            	
              to the

                  Borrower:

            	
              c/o TMS Dry Ltd.

              Athens ShipmanagementLicenced Shipping Office

              11 FrangokklissiasFragkokklisias Street

              15125, Maroussi 151 25

              Attiki, Greece

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Fax No.: +30 210 34416558090205

              Email: finance@tms-management.org

              Attn: Mr. Dimitrios Glynos

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              (b)

            	
              (a)to a Lender:

            	
              At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              (c)

            	
              (b)to the Agent and Security
                  Trustee:

            	
              DVB Bank SE

              Platz der Republik 6

              D-60325 Frankfurt Am-

                  Main, Germany

                  Germany

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Fax No: +44 207 256 4352

              E-mail: Tls.London@dvbbank.com

            	 

      

      

      

      

      
        80

        
          

      

      
      

      

      	 	
              and

            	 	 
	 	 	
              in copy:

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              Attn.: Shipping Transaction Manager

               
              DVB Bank SE

               
              WTC Schiphol Tower F 6th Floor,

            	 
	 	 	
              Schiphol Boulevard 255

               
              1118 BH Schiphol

               
              The Netherlands

               
              Email: TLS.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.com

               
              Tel: +31 88 399 7955

               
              Fax: +31 88 399 8159

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              And

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              DVB Bank SE, Athens Branch

              Moraitini Street & 1, Palea Leof. Posidonos

              Delta

              17561 Paleo Faliro

              Greece

              Fax: +30 210 455 7420

              Email: dbg@dvbbank.comD-Shipping-Athens@dvbbank.com

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              For Rate Fixing notices only:

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              TLS - Loan Administration

               
              DVB Bank SE

               
              Park House, 16-18 Finsbury Circus

            	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
              London EC2M 7EB

               
              United Kingdom

               
              Tel: +44 207 2564 350

               
              Fax: +44 207 2564 352

               
              Email: TLS.LA.london@dvbbank.com

            	 
	 	 	 	 

      or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is
          the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

      
        
          	28.3	
                  Effective date of notices

                

        

      

      Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

                

        

      

      
        81

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	28.4	
                  Service outside business hours

                

        

      

      However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

                

        

      

      the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall
          take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

      
        
          	28.5	
                  Illegible notices

                

        

      

      Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour
          after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

      
        
          	28.6	
                  Valid notices

                

        

      

      A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its
          contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to
                      suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or
                      missing particulars should have been.

                

        

      

      
        
          	28.7	
                  Electronic communication

                

        

      

      Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or the Agent and the Borrower under or
          in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or the Borrower:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that
                      means; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

                

        

      

      Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Borrower will be effective
          only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party or the Borrower to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

      
        
          	28.8	
                  English language

                

        

      

      Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

      
        82

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	28.9	
                  Meaning of "notice"

                

        

      

      In this Clause 28, "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

      
        
          	29	
                  SUPPLEMENTAL

                

        

      

      
        
          	29.1	
                  Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

                

        

      

      The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  cumulative;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

                

        

      

      
        
          	29.2	
                  Severability of provisions

                

        

      

      If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal,
          that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

      
        
          	29.3	
                  Counterparts

                

        

      

      A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

      
        
          	29.4	
                  Third Party rights

                

        

      

      A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
          Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

      
        
          	30	
                  LAW AND JURISDICTION

                

        

      

      
        
          	30.1	
                  English law

                

        

      

      This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be
          governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

      
        
          	30.2	
                  Exclusive English jurisdiction

                

        

      

      Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
          Dispute.

      
        
          	30.3	
                  Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties

                

        

      

      Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the
          rights:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing
                      proceedings in England.

                

        

      

      
        83

        
          

      

      

      

      The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a
          Dispute.

      
        
          	30.4	
                  Process agent

                

        

      

      The Borrower irrevocably appoints Ince Process Agents Ltd. at its registered office for the time
          being, presently at International HouseAldgate Tower,
          1 St. Katharine'sWay2 Leman Street, London E1W 1UNE18QN, England, to act as its agent to receive and
          accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

      
        
          	30.5	
                  Creditor Party rights unaffected

                

        

      

      Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have
          (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any
          jurisdiction.

      
        
          	30.6	
                  Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"

                

        

      

      In this Clause 30, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a "Dispute"

          means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this
          Agreement.

      
        
          	31	
                  BAIL-IN

                

        

      

      
        
          	31.1	
                  Contractual recognition of bail-in

                

        

      

      Notwithstanding any
              other term of an Finance Document or another agreement arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection
              with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

      
        
          	(a)	
                  any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without
                          limitation):

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount or outstanding
                          amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  a conversion of all or part of an such liability into shares or other
                          instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  a cancellation of any such liability: and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to
                          give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

                

        

      

      THIS AGREEMENT has

          been entered into and amended and restated on the datedates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

      
        84

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 1

      

      

      LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

      

      

      	
              Lender

            	
              Lending Office

            	
              Commitment

                  (US Dollars)

            
	 	 	 
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              Platz der Republik 6

                  D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                  Germany

            	
              30,000,000

                  (all of which has been drawndown on the 

              Drawdown Date)

            
	 	 	 

      
        85

        
          

      

      SCHEDULE 2

      DRAWDOWN NOTICE

      	
              To:

            	
              DVB Bank SE

                  Platz der Republik 6

                  D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                  Germany

            	 
	 	 	 

      Attention: [Loans Administration] [•]

      DRAWDOWN NOTICE

      
        
          	1	
                  We refer to the loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated

                      [•] 2013 and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein as lenders, and yourselves as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee in connection with a term loan facility of up to US$30,000,000. Terms defined in the
                      Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  We request to borrow as follows:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Amount: US$[•];

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  Drawdown Date: [•];

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [•] months; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  Payment instructions-: account in our name and numbered [•] with [•] of [•].

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  We represent and warrant that:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with
                      reference to the circumstances now existing; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

                

        

      

      [Name of Signatory]

      for and on behalf of

      RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

      
        86

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 3

      CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

      PART A

      The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

      
        
          	1	
                  A duly executed original of this Agreement and of each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than
                      those referred to in Part B.

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party and any other evidence regarding the
                      Borrowers' and/or the Corporate Guarantor's shareholding structure and capital (including, without limitation, any shareholders' agreement and
                      share certificate).

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Borrower and each Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents
                      to which each is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notice and other notices under this Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party.

                

        

      

      
        
          	5	
                  Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

                

        

      

      
        
          	6	
                  A copy of each Underlying Document and of all documents signed or issued by the parties thereto (or both of them) under or in connection with them.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7	
                  A duly completed DVB Form of Administration signed by the Borrower.

                

        

      

      
        
          	8	
                  Such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by each party to each
                      Underlying Document and of all documents to be executed by that party under that Underlying Document.

                

        

      

      
        
          	9	
                  Original favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia and such other
                      relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10	
                  Such documents and other evidence in such form as is requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or
                      "client acceptance" or other similar identification procedures (including, but not limited to, specimen signatures of all the directors and other officers of the Borrowers and each Security Party) in relation to the transactions
                      contemplated in the Finance Documents.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11	
                  Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

                

        

      

      
        
          	12	
                  If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the
                      Agent.

                

        

      

      
        87

        
          

      

      

      

      PART B

      The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b).

      
        
          	1	
                  A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment in respect of the Approved Charterparty (and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each of them).

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  At least:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  15 days prior to the Drawdown Date, details of the brokers and/or insurers or underwriters with whom the obligatory insurances are to be placed; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  15 days prior to the Drawdown Date, details of the class and classification society with whom the Ship is to be entered.

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  Documentary evidence that:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the Contract, and the Contract Price (in addition to the
                      part to be financed by the Loan) has been duly paid (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the Builder to the Borrower under the Contract (including, but not limited to, the Builder's certificate, the bill of
                      sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance));

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  the Ship is definitively and permanently or as the case may be, provisionally registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  the Ship maintains the highest available class with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS as the Agent may approve free of all
                      recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  the Mortgage has been duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws
                      of an Approved Flag State; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(f)	
                  the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent, together with:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  Letters of undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the terms required by the Security Trustee agreeing certain
                      matters in relation to the commercial or, as the case may be, technical management of the Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Lenders under the Finance
                      Documents; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  copies of the Approved Manager's Document of Compliance, any interim class certificates (if applicable) and of the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and
                      ISSC (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and the IAPPC

                

        

      

      
        88

        
          

      

      

      

      or evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower and the Approved Manager have applied to
          the relevant authorities for the issuance of such Certificates.

       

        

      
        
          	5	
                  Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Borrower has opened and maintains the Earnings Account with the Account Bank.

                

        

      

      
        
          	6	
                  A valuation of the Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 14 before, but not more than 30
                      days prior to the Drawdown Date, from an Approved Broker and otherwise prepared in accordance with Clause 15.3.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7	
                  Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the lightweight displacement tonnage of the Ship together with a copy of the Ship's stability booklet.

                

        

      

      
        
          	8	
                  Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, the Approved Flag State, the
                      People's Republic of China and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

                

        

      

      
        
          	9	
                  If requested by the Agent, a survey report addressed to the Agent stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before
                      the Delivery Date from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Agent in respect of the physical condition of the Ship.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10	
                  A duly executed original of the classification society undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 7, Part B.

                

        

      

      
        
          	11	
                  A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as
                      the Lenders may require.

                

        

      

      Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 7 of Part A and every other copy document delivered under
          this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent an officer) of the Borrower.

      
        89

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 4

      TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

      The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this
          Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

      	
              To:

            	
              DVB Bank SE for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and
                  each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

            

      [•]

      
        
          	1	
                  This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the "Loan
                        Agreement") dated [•] 2013 and made between (1) Rightmove Owners Inc. (the "Borrower"), (2) the banks and financial
                      institutions named therein, (3) DVB Bank SE as Agent, (4) DVB Bank SE as Security Trustee and (5) DVB Bank SE as Arranger for a loan facility of up to US$30,000,000.

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate
                      and:

                

        

      

      "Relevant

            Parties" means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

      "Transferor"

          means [full name] of [lending office]; and 

      "Transferee"
          means [full name] of [lending office].

      
        
          	3	
                  The effective date of this Certificate is [•], Provided
                        that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by
                      virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[•].

                

        

      

      
        
          	5	
                  By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•]
                      [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[•]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[•].

                

        

      

      
        
          	6	
                  The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the
                      Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

                

        

      

      
        
          	7	
                  The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant
                      Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.

                

        

      

      
        
          	8	
                  The Transferor:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

                

        

      

      
        90

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in
                      connection with this transaction; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in
                      paragraph 4; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting
                      in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

                

        

      

      
        
          	9	
                  The Transferee:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee or any Lender in
                      the event that:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(iii)	
                  it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to
                      discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that this
                      Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(d)	
                  warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(i)	
                  it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in
                      connection with this transaction; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	

                	(ii)	
                  this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	(e)	
                  confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

                

        

      

      
        
          	10	
                  The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent
                      and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Arranger in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising
                      out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's, the Arranger's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.

                

        

      

      
        91

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	11	
                  The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount
                      demanded by the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the
                      liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

                

        

      

      	
              [Name of Transferor]

               

                

            	
              [Name of Transferee]

            
	
              By:

               

                

            	
              By:

            
	
              Date:

            	
              Date:

            

      Agent

      Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

      as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

      DVB BANK SE

      By:

      Date:

      Administrative Details of Transferee

      Name of Transferee:

      Lending Office:

      Contact Person

      (Loan Administration Department):

      Telephone:

          

       

        

      Fax:

      Contact Person

      (Credit Administration Department):

      Telephone:

      Fax:

      Account for payments:

      Note:     This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's
          jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

      
        92

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 5

      LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

      Maritime Strategies International Ltd.

      Arrow Valuations Ltd United Kingdom

      H Clarkson & Co Ltd United Kingdom

      Fearnleys AS Norway

      Golden Destiny S.A.

      SSY Valuation Services Ltd.

      RS Platou Shipbrokers A/S

      Braemer Shipbrokers Limited

      Vesselvalue Approved Broker

      Lorentzen & Stemoco

      Howe Robinson

      
        93

        
          

      

      SCHEDULE 6

      DVB FORM OF ADMINISTRATION

      	
              To:

            	
              DVB Bank SE

                  Platz der Republik 6

                  D-60325 Frankfurt Am-Main

                  Germany

                  

                  Attn:   Loans Administration

            	 

      [date]

      Dear Sirs

      Term loan facility of up to $30,000,000 (the "Financing") made available to RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.
          (the "Company")

      We refer to the loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated [•] 2013 and made between (i) ourselves as borrower (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 therein as lenders, (iii) yourselves as Agent, Arranger and Security Trustee
          in connection with a term loan facility of up to $30,000,000. Terms and expressions not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Loan Agreement.

      We hereby appoint the following persons to act as our point of contact with regards to any issue arising in connection
          with the administration of the Loan Agreement or any other documents related to the Financing:

      
        
          	1	
                  [name, title, address, phone, fax,
                        mobile, email];

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  [name, title, address, phone, fax,
                        mobile, email]; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  [name, title, address, phone, fax,
                        mobile, email].

                

        

      

      No persons other than the directors of the Company and the persons listed above (together, the "Authorised Persons") are hereby authorised to request any information from you regarding the Loan Agreement or any other matter related to the
          Financing or the Company or communicate with you in any way regarding the forgoing in and under any circumstances.

      For the avoidance of doubt, the following are the Directors of the Company:

      
        
          	1	
                  4[name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile, email];

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  5[name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile, email]; and

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  6[name, title, address, phone, fax, mobile, email].

                

        

      

      This list of authorised persons may only be amended, modified or varied in writing by an Authorised Person with copy
          to the other Authorised Persons.

      We agree to indemnify you and hold you harmless in relation to any information you provide to any Authorised Person.

      
        94

        
          

      

      

      

      This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law. 

       

        

      Yours sincerely

      ____________________________

          RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

      
        95

        
          

      

      SCHEDULE 7SCHEDULE 7

      PART A

      LETTER OF INSTRUCTION TO CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

      To: [Insert

            name of classification society]

      Date:

      Dear Sirs

      Name of ship: m.v. “[•]HUAHINE" (the "Ship")

      Flag: [•]

      Name of Owner: RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC. (the "Owner")

      Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE (the "Mortgagee")

      We refer to the Ship, which is registered in the ownership of the Owner, and which has been entered in and classed by
          [insert name of classification society] (the "Classification Society").

      The Mortgagee has agreed to provide financing to the Owner upon condition that, among other things, the Owner issues
          to the Mortgagee this letter of instruction to the Classification Society in the form presented by the Mortgagee.

      The Owner and the Mortgagee irrevocably and unconditionally instruct and authorise the Classification Society
          (notwithstanding any previous instructions whatsoever which the Owner may have given to the Classification Society to the contrary) as follows:

      
        
          	1	
                  to send to the Mortgagee, following receipt of a written request from the Mortgagee, certified true copies of all original certificates of class and other
                      class records held by the Classification Society in relation to the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	2	
                  to allow the Mortgagee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Owner and the Ship at
                      the offices of the Classification Society and to take copies of them and, to the extent possible, to grant the Mortgagee electronic access to such records;

                

        

      

      
        
          	3	
                  to notify the Mortgagee immediately by email to dbg@dvbbank.comTLS.TM.Amsterdam@dvbbank.com and techcom@dvbbank@dvbbank.com if

                        the Classification Society:

                

        

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  receives notification from the Owner or any other person that the Ship's classification society is to be changed;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  imposes a condition of class or issues a class recommendation in respect of the Ship;

                

        

      

      
        
          	(c)	
                  becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class
                      under the rules or terms and conditions of the Owner's or the Ship's membership of the Classification Society;

                

        

      

      
        
          	4	
                  following receipt of a written request from the Mortgagee:

                

        

      

      
        96

        
          

      

      

      

      
        
          	(a)	
                  to confirm that the Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the
                      foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or

                

        

      

      
        
          	(b)	
                  if the Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Mortgagee in reasonable
                      detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.

                

        

      

      Notwithstanding the above instructions given for the benefit of the Mortgagee, the Owner shall continue to be
          responsible to the Classification Society for the performance and discharge of all its obligations and liabilities relating to or arising out of or in connection with the contract it has with the Classification Society, and nothing in this letter
          should be construed as imposing any obligation or liability on the Mortgagee to the Classification Society in respect thereof. The instructions and authorisations which are contained in this notice shall remain in full force and effect until the
          Owner and the Mortgagee together give you notice in writing revoking them.

      The Owner undertakes to reimburse the Classification Society in full for any costs or expenses it may incur in
          complying with the instructions and authorisations referred to in this letter.

      This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising from or connected with it are governed by English law.

      ____________________

          For and on behalf of

          [•]

      ____________________

          For and on behalf of

          DVB BANK SE

      
        97

        
          

      

      PART

              BPART B

          

          

          LETTER OF UNDERTAKING FROM THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

      	
              To:

            	
              [•]

              and

              DVB Bank SE

            	 

      Dated:

      Dear Sirs

      Name of ship: m.v. “[•]HUAHINE" (the "Ship")

      Flag: [ ]

        

      Name of Owner: RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC. (the "Owner")

      Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE (the "Mortgagee")

      We [name of classification society], hereby acknowledge receipt of a letter (a copy of which is attached hereto) dated [•] sent to us by the Owner and the Mortgagee (together the "Instructing Parties") regarding the Ship.

      In consideration of the payment of US$[10] by the Instructing Parties and the agreement by the Mortgagee

      to approve the selection of [name of classification society] (the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged), we undertake to comply with the instructions of the Instructing Parties contained in such letter.

      This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by English
          law.

      Yours faithfully

      For and on behalf of

      [name of classification society]

      
        98

        
          

      

      

      

      SCHEDULE 8

          

          

          TIMETABLES

      	
              LIBOR is fixed

            	
              Quotation Date as of 11:00 am
                      London time

            
	 	 
	
              Reference Bank Rate calculated by
                      reference to available 

              quotations in accordance with
                      Clause 5.6

            	
              Noon on the Quotation Date

            
	 	 

      

      

      
        99

        
          

      

      

      

      EXECUTION PAGESPAGE

      	
              THE BORROWER

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              Signed by

            	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	
              for and on behalf of

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              RIGHTMOVE OWNERS INC.

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              THE LENDERS

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              Signed by

            	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	
              for and on behalf of

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              THE AGENT

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              Signed by

            	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	
              for and on behalf of

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              Signed by

            	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	
              for and on behalf of

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 

      

      

      

      

      	
              THE ARRANGER

            	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
              Signed by

            	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	 	
              )

            	 	 
	
              for and on behalf of

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              DVB BANK SE

            	
              )

            	 	 
	
              in the presence of:

            	
              )

            	 	 

      

        

      

    

    100

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00292-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00292-of-00352.parquet"}]]